William Herschel's Double Star Catalog

			William Herschel's Double Star Catalog
			The following list has been compiled from the Herschel catalogues edited by John Herschel and subsequently by John Dreyer for the Royal Astronomical Society. Thanks to P.J. Anway for providing me with the catalogs in pdf format. All binary data have been drawn from the November, 2010 Washington Double Star Catalog (WDS). Herschel's notes are reprinted for their historical value and to confirm or question my attributions to modern catalog identifications. I have omitted his position angle and separation measurements for pairs closer than 15", as his methods at close separations were not reliable and he sometimes gives multiple or inconsistent values. (See for example the extended comments on separation and ocular magnification under H I 28.) Separations and position angles are quoted for wider systems, in square brackets to show they have been converted to modern units (e.g., "40° south following" is quoted as [PA = 130°]). Measurements described by Herschel as unreliable or approximate are preceded with a tilde (~). In Herschel's descriptive notes "L." and "S." refer to the primary (larger) and secondary (smaller) stars respectively; "size" means magnitude (size of diffraction disk). His gradations of magnitude differences (from least to greatest) are: (0) equal, (1) a little unequal, (2) pretty unequal, (3) considerably unequal, (4) very unequal, (5) extremely unequal and (6) excessively unequal. In the color notes, "w" = white, "r" = red, "b" = blue, "p" = pale, "d" = dusky, dim or dark. Note that after July 1782 his color notes become more cursory and over time he shifts from listing only Flamsteed/Bayer numbered objects to using these labeled stars as signposts to unmarked multiple stars. Herschel often relies on the iconography of Flamsteed's Atlas Cœlestis to locate stars: for example, "under the left foot" of Bootes or "under the tail end" of Draco. To interpret these references, I have used the online copy of Francis Baily's 1835 edition of Flamsteed's British Catalogue of Stars available at Google Books, Jean Fortin's 1779 edition of Flamsteed's Atlas Céleste furnished online by the Linda Hall Library of Science, Engineering & Technology, and Morton Wagman's article "John Flamsteed's Missing Stars" available at the SAO/NASA Astrophysics Data System. Index page: William Herschel's Double Star Catalogs Restored Version of 5.1.2011 - ©2011 Bruce MacEvoy. (drollere@gmail.com)

Designation				Modern Designation			Discovery Date		Observations		Position Angle (theta)			Separation (rho)			Magnitude			Spectral Type	Right Ascension			Declination				HERSCHEL'S NOTES	NOTES
Herschel	Flamsteed	Bayer	Const.	WDS	Discoverer	Compo-nents	Herschel	WDS	Latest	Total	First	Latest	Change	First	Latest	Change	Primary	Secondary	Diff.	Spectral Type	H	M	S	Sign	D	M	S	HERSCHEL'S NOTES	NOTES

H V 79	9		Cas	00042+6217	H V 79	AB	8/25/1782	1782	1999	6	320	331	11	52.7	82.4	29.7	5.92	11.00	5.08	A1III	0	4	13.66	+	62	17	15.5	Double. Of two in a line parallel to beta and gamma, that towards gamma Cassiopeiæ. Very unequal. L. w.; S. pr. [Rho = 53", PA = 321°]
H I 39	near 11	beta	Cas	00049+5832	STF 3057		8/25/1782	1828	2006	60	302	298	4	3.5	3.9	0.4	6.70	9.30	2.60	B3V	0	4	54.98	+	58	31	55.8	Double. About 3/4 degree s. preceding beta; in a line parallel to eta and alpha Cassiopeiae; the following and largest of two very considerable stars. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. r.
H IV 69	near 23		And	00076+4009	STF 3064		9/4/1782	1783	2008	37	341	10	29	22.0	27.2	5.2	6.84	10.50	3.66	K0III	0	7	37.92	+	40	8	52.6	Double. Full 1-1/2 degree preceding the 23d, in a line parallel to nu and iota Andromedæ. Of two double stars in the finder the largest of the preceding set. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 22", PA = 341°]	Dreyer's note: "Probably = STF 3064 rej., which is 1° south. Nothing found by Burnham near H.'s place." STT 514 is at the right location, but at rho = 5" is a Class II or III system. STF 3064 matches rho and PA exactly, but its 3.7 magnitude difference is rather large for a "very unequal" pair.
H V 32	21	alpha	And	00084+2905	H V 32	AB	7/21/1781	1781	2008	44	259	284	25	55.5	89.6	34.1	2.22	11.11	8.89	B8IVpMnHg	0	8	23.17	+	29	5	27.0	Double. Extremely unequal. The small star better with [magnification] 460 than with 227. L. w. ; S. d. [Rho = 56", PA = 259°]	The primary has an invisibly close companion.
H II 83	near 22		And	00100+4623	STF 3		2/26/1783	1783	2008	67	84	83	1	3.5	4.9	1.4	7.84	9.08	1.24	A4V	0	10	3.18	+	46	23	25.1	Double. Within 1/2 degree north of the 22nd, in a line parallel to the 19th and 16th Andromedae; the following and smallest of two. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. d.	=V342, a variable star.
H II 55	near 4		Cet	00116-0305	STF 8		9/9/1782	1831	2006	50	293	291	2	7.3	7.9	0.6	7.84	9.26	1.42	F8	0	11	35.21	–	3	4	40.9	Double. About 1 degree s. following the 4th and 5th in a line parallel to eta and tau Ceti; in the shorter leg of a rectangular triangle. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d.	5 Ceti is now in Pisces (RA 00 08, Dec. –02° 27), 4 Ceti (HIP 635) is close by, south preceding.
H III 62	35		Psc	00150+0849	STF 12		9/4/1782	1782	2007	148	149	148	1	12.5	11.3	-1.2	6.06	7.51	1.45	A9V F3V	0	14	58.84	+	8	49	15.5	In lino austrino [In the southern line]. Double. Considerably unequal L. rw.; S. pr.
H II 50	38		Psc	00174+0853	STF 22	AB-C	9/4/1782	1782	2008	166	245	235	10	4.0	4.0	0.0	7.13	7.66	0.53		0	17	24.50	+	8	52	34.8	In austrino lino [In the southern line]. Double. Pretty unequal. Both pr.
H V 85	near 27	rho	And	00200+3814	S 384	AB	8/29/1782	1824	2003	43	13	22	9	45.7	100.7	55.0	7.04	10.30	3.26	G2V K	0	20	0.51	+	38	13	41.0	In dextro brachio [On the right arm]. Double. About 1/3 degree n. preceding rho Andromedæ theta versus. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 31", PA = 11°]	The pair has widened greatly since Herschel's time.
H IV 77	near 37		Cet	00224+1329	STF 27		9/27/1782	1823	2006	42	345	315	30	20.0	29.9	9.9	6.40	10.30	3.90	K3III G5	0	22	25.48	+	13	28	56.9	In dorso [In the back]. Double. About 1/4 degree n. preceding the 37th, towards the 36th Ceti. Very unequal. L. r.; S. dr. [Rho = 20", PA = 333°]	The directions are garbled: 36 Ceti is south of 37, so it cannot be in the same direction as a star north preceding 37. STF 27 (42 Ceti) is south following by about 2° and matches the measurements.
H IV 70	51		Psc	00324+0657	STF 36	AB	9/4/1782	1783	2008	66	80	83	3	22.5	28.4	5.9	5.68	9.52	3.84		0	32	23.75	+	6	57	19.6	In austrino lino [In the southern line]. Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. d. [Rho = 22", PA = 89°]
H IV 76	near 13		Cet	00345-0433	STF 39	AB-C	9/9/1782	1783	2004	51	50	44	6	18.6	19.3	0.7	7.10	8.65	1.55		0	34	29.75	–	4	32	47.5	Double. About 1 degree s. preceding the 13th, towards the 8th Ceti. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. br. [Rho = 19", PA = 50°]
H V 17	29	pi	And	00369+3343	H V 17	AB	8/25/1780	1821	2008	57	175	175	0	35.6	36.7	1.1	4.36	7.08	2.72	B5V	0	36	52.84	+	33	43	9.7	In dextro humero [In the right shoulder]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. blueish. [Rho = 34"]
H V 18	18	alpha	Cas	00405+5632	H V 18	AD	8/31/1780	1781	2009	38	275	282	7	56.2	70.4	14.2	2.35	8.98	6.63		0	40	30.39	+	56	32	14.7	In pectore [In the chest]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. pale r.; S. d. [Rho = 53", PA = 275°]
H N 122	21		Cas	00457+7459	H N 122		10/7/1798	1896	1999	11	160	160	0	36.6	35.9	-0.7	5.66	10.57	4.91	A2IV	0	45	39.08	+	74	59	17.1	1082 Sweep. 21 Cassiopeæ, double, 6th class, very unequal. Position sf.
H V 123*			And	00464+3057	STFA 1		1/8/1782	1777	2008	91	62	47	15	46.0	47.0	1.0	7.25	7.43	0.18	K1III	0	46	24.34	+	30	56	33.5	In Andromedæ pectore [In Andromeda's breast]. Double. Equal. Both rw. or pr. [Rho = 45", PA = 58°] Its place, as determined in 1777 by C. MAYER, is RA 0h 34' 33" in time, and 29° 45' 3" declination north.	Herschel's position angle calculated by reversing "south preceding" to "north following".
H V 82	near 25	nu	Cas	00474+5106	H V 82	AB	8/28/1782	1783	2003	34	82	75	7	43.4	56.3	12.9	7.97	8.35	0.38	K2	0	47	24.62	+	51	5	45.9	In sinistra manu [In the left hand]. Double. Near 1/4 degree n. preceding nu, in a line parallel to alpha and beta Cassiopeiæ. Nearly equal. Both pr. [Rho = 43", PA = 82°]
H I 40	near 25	[nu]	Cas	00480+5127	STF 59	AB	8/28/1782	1783	2008	101	141	148	7	2.0	2.3	0.3	7.24	8.06	0.82	B9.5IV	0	47	59.03	+	51	26	41.2	Double. About 1/2 degree n. preceding the 25th; towards alpha Cassiopeiae; the first telescopic star in that direction. Very unequal. Both r.
H III 3	24	eta	Cas	00491+5749	STF 60	AB	8/17/1779	1779	2009	1043	62	322	100	11.3	13.1	1.8	3.52	7.36	3.84	G0V dM0	0	49	5.10	+	57	48	59.6	In cingulo [in the girdle]. Double. Very unequal. L. fine w.; S. fine garnet, both beautiful colours.
H II 84	65		Psc	00499+2743	STF 61		2/27/1783	1783	2009	236	121	115	6	4.0	4.3	0.3	6.33	6.34	0.01	F5III	0	49	52.88	+	27	42	38.9	Double. Nearly unequal. Both pr.
H N 45	near 41		And	01001+4443	STF 79		10/24/1786	1794	2008	114	180	194	14	8.0	7.8	-0.2	6.04	6.77	0.73	B9.5V A2V	1	0	3.56	+	44	42	47.7	621 Sweep. double. 41 Andromedæ p. 7' 55", n. 0° 46'. — (Journal. 9/18/1794) About 1° 45' np. 41 Andromedæ, double, nearly equal, in a line parallel to 57 (gamma) and 42 (phi) nearly; a considerable star, 2d or 3d class. The southmost is the smallest. Position not far from the meridian; [using the] 7 feet [reflector]. 41 Andromedæ p. 7' 55", n. 0° 46'. — (Review. 8/5/1796) The double star 7' 55" p. 41 Andromedæ. Position 3 rev. +31.5 parts – 1.1 for zero = 74° 20.4' sp. [PA = 196°] Considerably unequal. Distance 0 rev. 13.9 parts + 2-1/2 for zero = 7.2" L. w. S. w. rather pretty unequal.	The original gives 41 (delta), but delta is 31 Andromedæ, and 41 has no Bayer letter.
H IV 83	26		Cet	01038+0122	STF 84	AB	10/2/1782	1782	2009	63	255	255	0	17.1	15.8	-1.3	6.11	9.52	3.41	F1V	1	3	49.02	+	1	22	0.6	Supra dorsum [Above the back]. Double. Very unequal. L. rw. S. db. [Rho = 17", PA = 255°]
H III 73	near 25		Cet	01048-0528	STF 86	AB	10/2/1782	1783	2008	109	181	138	43	14.8	16.6	1.8	8.80	9.20	0.40	F2	1	4	47.39	–	5	28	7.3	Double. About 3/4 degree s. following the 25th, in a line parallel to theta and tau Ceti. Pretty unequal.
H IV 9*	74	psi[1]	Psc	01057+2128	STF 88	AB	10/30/1779	1755	2009	145	156	158	2	30.4	29.6	-0.8	5.27	5.45	0.18	B9.5V A0V	1	5	40.93	+	21	28	23.6	Trium in pinna costarum præcedens [Preceding of three in the side (dorsal) fin]. Double. [Rho = 28", PA = 170°] An obscure star also within 1-1/2 minute. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H IV 68	77		Psc	01058+0455	STF 90	AB	9/3/1782	1782	2008	100	85	84	1	29.6	32.8	3.2	6.39	7.26	0.87	F3V F5V	1	5	49.22	+	4	54	31.2	In lini flexu [In the bend/coil of the line]. Double. A little unequal. L. wr.; S. pr. [Rho = 30", PA = 85°]	A classic Herschel handwave. The location intended in the line (ribbon, in Fortin) between the two fish could be either the sharp bend at alpha Piscium (STF 202), or the meander between mu and zeta (STF 100), including 77 Piscium (STF 90), among others. Based on Herschel's measurements (which are explicitly out of class), STF 90 is the obvious match.
H V 16	76		Psc	01062+3211	S 393	AB	8/3/1780	1780	2003	23	286	298	12	48.1	60	11.9	6.42	10.61	4.19	K0	1	6	11.2	+	32	10	53.3	Duarem in ore piscis sequentis borealior [Northern of two in the mouth of the following fish]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. pale r.; S. dusky r. [Rho = 48", PA = 285°]
H IV 66	near 33	theta	Cas	01072+5330	H IV 66	AB	8/28/1782	1783	2006	19	77	74	3	24.0	19.8	-4.2	6.50	10.10	3.60	K2III	1	7	9.45	+	53	29	53.4	Double. About 1-3/4 degree s of, and a little preceding theta, in a line from delta continued through theta Cassiopeiæ. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. db. [Rho = 24", PA = 77°]
H IV 120	near 82		Psc	01129+3205	STF 98	AB	2/27/1783	1783	2003	45	249	249	0	18.3	19.6	1.3	7.02	8.14	1.12	A0V A3IV	1	12	52.98	+	32	4	31.7	Double. About 3/4 degree n. following the 82nd Piscium, in a line parallel to alpha and beta Trianguli; the largest of two. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. [Rho = 18", PA = 249°] A third star in view.
H IV 8*	86	zeta	Psc	01137+0735	STF 100	AB	10/19/1779	1755	2009	316	67	63	4	25.2	25.5	0.3	5.22	6.15	0.93	A7IV F7V	1	13	43.80	+	7	34	31.8	Trium in lino lucidarum sequens [Following of the shining three in a line]. Double. Pretty unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to blue. [Rho = 22", PA = 67°] (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	The three are delta, epsilon and zeta Piscium.
H V 24	37		Cet	01144-0755	STFA 3	AB	10/12/1780	1783	2008	54	333	330	3	45.2	49.6	4.4	5.19	7.85	2.66	F6V G9V	1	14	24.04	–	7	55	22.2	Double. It is a star following eta and theta towards the north. [Rho = ±43"]
H III 23	34	[phi]	Cas	01201+5814	H III 23	AB	8/8/1780	1783	1999	8	272	209	63	13.5	48.4	34.9	5.07	12.30	7.23	F0Ia	1	20	4.91	+	58	13	53.8	Double. It is one of two telescopic stars, and is marked phi in HARRIS'S maps. Extremely unequal. L. pale r.; S. d.	A multiple system that has widened substantially since Herschel's time.
H V 81	35		Cas	01211+6439	S 397		8/28/1782	1782	2001	38	355	342	13	42.6	57.0	14.4	6.34	8.63	2.29	A2Vnn	1	21	5.27	+	64	39	29.3	In sinistro crure [In the left leg]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. br. [Rho = 43", PA = 5°]
H V 83	36	psi	Cas	01259+6808	H V 83	AC	8/28/1782	1783	2007	62	100	128	28	33.4	20.3	-13.1	4.68	9.18	4.50		1	25	55.90	+	68	7	47.8	Sub pede sinistro [Under the left foot]. Double. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 33", PA = 100°]
H IV 130	near 99	eta	Psc	01321+1657	STF 132	AB	8/2/1783	1783	2007	49	28	342	46	16.0	62.0	46.0	6.88	10.61	3.73	K0III	1	32	3.12	+	16	56	50.0	Double. About 1-1/2 degree n. of, and a little following eta Piscium, in a line parallel to beta Arietis and beta Trianguli; the last of four in a crooked row. Very unequal. L. r.; S. darker r. [Rho = 16", PA = 28°]
H IV 131	100		Psc	01349+1234	STF 136	AB	8/2/1783	1783	2007	93	85	77	8	15.9	15.5	-0.4	7.33	8.33	1.00	A6V	1	34	51.61	+	12	33	31.2	Double. Pretty unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 16", PA = 85°]
H N 92	near 98	mu	Psc	01360+0739	STF 138	AB	10/21/1792	1825	2008	318	18	60	42	1.5	1.7	0.2	7.50	7.63	0.13	F6V	1	36	2.86	+	7	38	42.9	Review of ecliptic. Double, a pretty object, a little unequal, less than a diameter asunder. Position nf., a third star following at some distance. It is the preceding of two in a line between 98 (mu) and 110 (omicron) Piscium, and about half way between them. The line from mu, in which the two stars are (of which it is the preceding), passes a little north of 110 (omicron). — (Review 10/5/1801) Double, 1st class. A beautiful minute object with 400. It is a star sp. 110 (omicron) towards mu, the largest of two. — (Review 12/9/1801) Double, 1st class, extremely close, equal. It is a star 1° 40' nf. mu, the first of two in that line. It is a very beautiful object. A third large star in view. They are less than half a diameter asunder. [PA = ±10°] nf. The northern star is rather the smallest. — (Review 12/10/1801) The double star nf. mu Piscium; as described last night.	Herschel's expressions of delight and repeated visits to this object suggest he found it pecularily pleasing. It is actually a quadruple system with the 10.6 mag. companion at rho = 77" and PA = 73° and a 15.1 mag. conpanion at rho = 28", PA = 79°.
H II 49	near 110	omicron	Psc	01443+0929	STF 155	AB	9/3/1782	1830	2008	119	333	326	7	4.6	4.9	0.3	7.87	8.01	0.14	F2	1	44	15.19	+	9	29	2.7	In lino boreo [In a northern line]. Double. About 1/2 degree n. of, and a little preceding 110th [omicron], towards [99] eta Piscium. A little unequal. Both wr.
H V 92	near 4		Ari	01486+1618	BU 510	AC	9/10/1782	1783	2003	22	323	328	5	51.3	53.3	2.0	8.69	8.55	0.14		1	48	33.31	+	16	18	21.9	Double. Full 1/2 degree s. following the 4th Arietis, in a line parallel to alpha Arietis and delta Ceti; the most south of two. Equal. Both reddish. [Rho = 51", PA = 323° or 143°]
H I 73	near 6	beta	Ari	01501+2217	STF 174		11/22/1782	1782	2009	167	167	164	3	3.0	2.8	-0.2	6.33	7.21	0.88	G3III	1	50	8.60	+	22	16	29.5	Double. About 1-3/4 degree n. preceding beta Arietis; towards beta Andromedae; a considerable star. Very unequal. L. r.; S. deeper r.
H II 56	near 6	beta	Ari	01510+2107	STF 175	AB	9/10/1782	1783	2008	71	293	359	66	6.0	27.5	21.5	8.99	9.36	0.37	F0	1	51	1.96	+	21	6	56.1	Double. Almost 1 degree n. preceding beta Arietis, toward zeta Andromedae; a small star. A little unequal. Both reddish. A third star 2' or 3' preceding, in the same direction with the two stars of the double star [toward zeta And].
H I 56	near 54		Cet	01520+1049	STF 178		10/12/1782	1825	2008	129	193	204	11	3.1	3.0	-0.1	8.22	8.20	0.02	F1V	1	52	2.54	+	10	48	38.1	Double. About 1/3 degree s. following the 54th, toward delta Ceti. Nearly equal. Both r.	Precessing the Flamsteed 1690 coordinates locates 54 Ceti just inside the SW corner of Aries (RA 1:51, Dec +11:02).
H I 89	near 56		And	01532+3719	STF 179		7/28/1783	1831	2007	70	160	160	0	3.5	3.5	0.0	7.59	8.14	0.55	F2V	1	53	10.72	+	37	19	16.3	Double. About 2/3 degree preceding, and a little north of the two stars that are about the place of the 56th Andromedae, in a line towards mu; a considerable star; and of two in a line parallel to beta and gamma Trianguli that which is nearest to the 56th Andromedae. Pretty unequal. L. drw.; S. dpr.
H III 9†	5	gamma	Ari	01535+1918	STF 180	AB	9/27/1779	1779	2009	353	356	1	5	10.2	7.4	-2.8	4.52	4.58	0.06	A1pSi B9V	1	53	31.76	+	19	17	38.6	Quæ in cornu duarum præcedens [Somewhat preceding of two in the horn]. Double. Equal, or if any difference the following is the largest. L. w. inclining a little to r.; S. w. (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)
H V 12*	9	lambda	Ari	01579+2336	H V 12	AB	10/30/1779	1777	2009	68	48	44	4	38.0	40.4	2.4	4.80	6.65	1.85	F0IV F7V	1	57	55.71	+	23	35	45.8	In vertice [At the top]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. pale r.; S. dusky garnet. [Rho = 36", PA = 48°]	Two more 10th mag. companions can be found at 190", 76° and 270", 85°.
H IV 104	near 55		And	01581+4123	S 404	AB	11/13/1782	1783	2007	28	67	83	16	19.0	28.8	9.8	7.64	9.74	2.10	G5	1	58	4.61	+	41	23	9.5	Double. A little more than 1 degree n. following the 55th Andromedæ, in a line parallel to beta Trianguli and Algol. Considerably unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 19", PA = 67°]
H II 58	near 56		Cet	01590-2255	H II 58		9/27/1782	1782	1998	33	315	303	12	5.0	8.5	3.5	7.28	7.56	0.28	F2	1	59	0.72	–	22	55	11.2	Double. About 3/4 degree s. following the 56th, in a line parallel to eta and tau Ceti. Considerably unequal. Both dw.	The binary is variable star AA Ceti.
H II 12	1	alpha	Psc	02020+0246	STF 202	AB	10/19/1779	1781	2009	605	337	269	68	5.1	1.8	-3.3	4.10	5.17	1.07	A0p A3m	2	2	2.80	+	2	45	49.4	In nodo duorum linorum [In the second knot of the lines]. Double. Considerably unequal. Both w.
H N 65	35 Hevelii		Cas	02032+7351	STF 191		11/4/1788	1832	2006	44	191	195	4	5.6	5.1	-0.5	6.20	9.10	2.90	A5III	2	3	10.45	+	73	51	2.1	880 Sweep. 35 Cassiopeæ Hevelii, double, 2d class, very unequal. (In zone 23° . . 2h 11', etc. WOLL. Cat.)
H V 102	61		Cet	02038-0020	H V 102	AB	10/12/1782	1782	1998	22	194	194	0	37.9	43.0	5.1	5.96	10.77	4.81	G5II-III	2	3	48.12	–	0	20	24.5	Double. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. dr. [Rho = 38", PA = 194°] A third star at some distance. A little unequal. Position n. following.
H III 5*	57	gamma	And	02039+4220	STF 205	A-BC	8/25/1779	1777	2009	349	67	63	4	12.0	9.5	-2.5	2.31	5.02	2.71	K3IIb	2	3	53.92	+	42	19	47.5	Supra pedem sinistrum [Over the left foot]. Double. Very unequal. L. reddish w.; S fine light sky-blue, inclining to green. A most beautiful object. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H VI 69	14		Ari	02094+2556	H VI 69	AB	12/27/1781	1833	1983	8	44	34	10	82.6	93.2	10.6	4.99	8.01	3.02	F2III	2	9	25.29	+	25	56	23.9	Supra caput [Above the end]. Double. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. dr. [Rho = 89", PA = 281°]
H III 68	near 17	eta	Ari	02097+2021	STF 221	AB	9/10/1782	1782	2007	58	146	146	0	8.1	8.4	0.3	8.13	9.45	1.32	A8IV	2	9	42.76	+	20	20	53.3	Double. Full 1 degree south preceding eta, in a line parallel to alpha and gamma Arietis. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. d.
H N 105	near 19		Ari	02109+1341	STF 224		1/13/1795	1828	2007	65	249	243	6	4.0	6.0	2.0	8.28	8.90	0.62	G5	2	10	52.01	+	13	41	0.4	Review of ecliptic. Double, the middle one of an arch, almost in the meridian: 2d class, unequal; the southern one is the smallest. It is near 2 degrees south of 19 Arietis. — (Journal. 1/15/1795) Double: it is the most south but one of four small stars in a crooked row, which is nearly in the meridional direction, and it is about 1° 50' south of the 19th Arietis. 1st class, unequal.
H IV 129	59		And	02109+3902	STF 222		7/28/1783	1783	2008	79	35	36	1	15.3	16.6	1.3	6.05	6.71	0.66	B9V A1Vn	2	10	52.83	+	39	2	22.4	Double. A little unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. A third star in view about 58° or 60° s. preceding. [Rho = 15", PA = 35°]
H II 34	6	iota	Tri	02124+3018	STF 227		10/8/1781	1821	2009	236	78	67	11	3.9	3.8	-0.1	5.26	6.67	1.41	G0III	2	12	22.28	+	30	18	11.1	Double. It is marked b in the small triangle of HARRIS'S maps. Very unequal. L. pale r. or reddish w.; S. blueish r. A pretty object, somewhat resembling alpha Herculis, but smaller and not so bright.	In the 18th century, Triangulum was represented as two triangles: one larger (alpha, beta, gamma) and one smaller (6, 10 and 12/13).
H V 84	near 47		Cas	02128+7941	S 405	AB	8/29/1782	1823	2002	23	275	277	2	55.8	55.1	-0.7	6.47	7.15	0.68	A5III	2	12	49.98	+	79	41	29.3	Ex obscurioribus infra pedes [Out of the dark area between the feet]. Double. The largest of three forming a rectangular triangle on, or near, the place of the 47th Cassiopeiæ. A little unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. [Rho = 51", PA = 274°]	The triangle of 7th magnitude stars is 2° north of 47 Cassiopeiæ.
H VI 110	near	omicron	Cet	02137-0302	H VI 110		1/2/1783	1783	2003	10	125	141	16	80.9	79.0	-1.9	7.36	10.38	3.02	A2+G0	2	13	42.23	–	3	1	55.3	Double. Looking for omicron Ceti, which was invisible to the naked eye, I mistook this for it. Pretty unequal. L. rw. of about the eighth magnitude; S. r. [Rho = 81", PA = 124°]
H II 35	near 6		Tri	02147+3024	STF 232		10/8/1781	1832	2007	94	66	67	1	6.6	6.5	-0.1	7.82	7.90	0.08	A0V	2	14	42.16	+	30	23	41.2	Double. It is the star following iota. Equal. Both dusky w.
H III 42	near	delta	Tri	02187+3429	STF 246		10/12/1781	1831	2007	31	126	123	3	10.8	9.8	-1.0	7.82	9.26	1.44	G0IV	2	18	39.75	+	34	29	15.6	Double. It is a star north following delta. Unequal. L. reddish. S. blueish. Both d.
H VI 1	68	omicron	Cet	02193-0259	H VI 1	AC	10/20/1777	1782	2003	35	92	69	23	114.6	122.0	7.4	6.65	9.59	2.94		2	19	20.78	–	2	58	39.5	In pectore nova [In the variable star (?) breasts (?)]. Double. Very unequal. L. garnet. S. dusky. (Note added 9/9/1780: Colour of a dark red ink, but darker than I can recollect to have seen any star.) [Rho = 104", Rho = 113"] As I can hardly doubt the [orbital] motion of this star, I have given the mean of the most accurate measures separately; and hope in a few years time to be able to give a better account of it. — (Note, 9/9/1780) Colour of a dark red ink, but darker than I can recollect to have seen any star.	Mira. The time interval or difference in method between the two separate measures of rho is not stated. In fortin's iconography, Mira is in the neck of the "whale".
H IV 25	66		Cet	02245-0145	STF 265		12/23/1780	1829	2003	27	137	136	1	12.1	12.3	0.2	9.14	9.57	0.43	G0	2	24	30.23	–	1	44	59.2	Double. It is a star near the place of the periodical star omicron [Ceti, Mira]. [Rho = 17"]	Out of the Class, but the best available choice within 3° of Mira.
H III 80	near 76	sigma	Cet	02260-1520	H III 80	AB	10/13/1782	1783	2003	21	294	296	2	12.2	11.9	-0.3	5.88	9.10	3.22	A6VpSrCr	2	26	0.38	–	15	20	28.0	In sinistro crure [In the left leg (Fortin shows the animal with two forelimbs)]. Double. Full 1-1/2 degree preceding sigma [Ceti], towards tau Ceti. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. br.
H I 34		iota	Cas	02291+6724	STF 262	AB	6/11/1782	1782	2009	240	290	230	60	1.5	2.8	1.3	4.63	6.92	2.29	A5pSr	2	29	3.96	+	67	24	8.7	In pedis extremitate [At the end of the foot]. Treble. The two nearest very unequal. L. w.; S. colour of pale red blotting paper.	For the second, wider companion, see (?) H III 4, discovered 3 years earlier. It is surprising that Herschel does not comment on the beauty of this system.
H III 4		iota	Cas	02291+6724	STF 262	AC	8/17/1779	1779	2009	211	101	116	15	7.5	7.2	-0.3	4.63	9.05	4.42	A5	2	29	3.96	+	67	24	8.7	In extremitate pedis Cassiopeæ, iota Ptolemæi [At the end of Cassiopeia's foot, the iota of Ptolemy]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. blueish r. (In a future collection this will be found as a treble star of the first class; the large star having a small one preceding, easily seen with 460 and 932 [magnification]. — Herschel's footnote.)	The other pair of the three is STF 262 AB, rho = 1.5" in Herschel's time. The star does not have a Flamsteed number, which explains Herschel's odd designation; the footnote implies he did not at first recognize it as a triple system.
H N 12	near 20		Ari	02305+2514	STF 271	AB	9/10/1784	1831	2007	22	181	184	3	11.9	12.8	0.9	5.90	10.40	4.50	F6IV	2	30	32.31	+	25	14	6.8	264 Sweep. Double. 20 Arietis f. 14' 36", s. 0° 30'.	A triple system: the mag. 11.8 second companion is at rho = 115", PA = 31°.
H IV 1	1	alpha	UMi	02318+8916	STF 93	AB	8/17/1779	1781	2009	62	203	232	29	18.5	18.2	-0.3	2.10	9.10	7.00	F7:Ib-IIv	2	31	47.08	+	89	15	50.9	Stella Polaris. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 17", PA = 203°]
H N 106	near 27		Ari	02320+1822	STF 273		1/13/1795	1828	2007	51	359	359	0	7.7	7.2	-0.5	8.56	9.12	0.56	F5	2	32	2.89	+	18	22	25.2	Review of ecliptic. Double, 3d class, the middle one of three in the meridian nearly, the most south of which I suppose to be 29 Arietis; or 3/4° north of 29 Arietis. — (Journal. 1/15/1795) Double; it is the middle one of an arch of three stars, that are nearly in a meridional direction, the most south of which is the 27 Arietis. Or it is about 3/4 degree north of, and a little following, the 27 Arietis. 2d class, unequal.
H IV 40	In constellatione		Tri	02356+3719	STF 279	AB	10/8/1781	1831	2002	15	71	71	0	17.0	18.1	1.1	5.90	10.90	5.00	K3III	2	35	38.74	+	37	18	44.2	Double. It is the preceding of three telescopic stars. Unequal. [Rho = 17"]	No triangle of stars is recognizable within modern Triangulum, but the unlabeled three stars just inside Andromeda, preceded by STF 279, were probably intended.
H V 49*	30		Ari	02370+2439	STFA 5		10/15/1781	1777	2007	63	275	275	0	41.0	37.9	-3.1	6.50	7.02	0.52	F5V F7V	2	37	0.52	+	24	38	50.0	Double. It is a small star over the Ram's back. Nearly equal. [Rho = ±31"]
H III 79	near 83	epsilon	Cet	02382-1123	STF 288		10/13/1782	1782	1998	15	225	216	9	10.8	11.8	1.0	8.27	10.70	2.43	G0	2	38	10.12	–	11	23	5.9	Double. About 2/3 degree n. of epsilon Ceti; the nearest of three forming an arch. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. darkish red.
H I 21	near 12		Tri	02388+3325	STF 285		10/8/1781	1827	2008	113	175	162	13	1.8	1.7	-0.1	7.48	8.14	0.66	K2III+	2	38	45.91	+	33	25	8.2	Double. It is the most north of a small telescopic trapezium of unequal stars. Extremely unequal.
H I 4	17		Dra	02389+6918	STF 278/ STFA 30		8/8/1780	1830	2006	48	82	29	53	0.4	0.5	0.1	8.68	8.98	0.30	A2	2	38	51.06	+	69	18	14.6	Double. It is the star to which a line drawn from nu through mu points, at nearly the same distance from mu as mu from nu. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to r. There is a third star, at some distance, preceding.
H N 107	near 37	omicron	Ari	02390+1452	STF 287		1/13/1795	1830	2007	31	74	73	1	6.6	6.6	0.0	7.36	9.61	2.25	G5	2	38	59.78	+	14	51	37.6	Review of ecliptic. Double, very unequal, 3d class, 1° 25' sp. 37 (omicron) Arietis. — (Journal. 1/15/1795) Double, 1° 25' sp. 37 (omicron) Arietis: 2d class, very unequal.
H IV 5	33		Ari	02407+2704	STF 289		9/27/1779	1779	2009	47	3	356	7	25.5	23.6	-1.9	5.30	9.56	4.26	A3V	2	40	41.03	+	27	3	39.6	Double. It is the first in the head of the fly. L. w.; S. d. Considerably unequal. [Rho = 26", PA = 3°]	The PA orientation (north following) is not in Herschel's note. In Fortin's iconography, the fly is 33, 35, 39 and 41 Arietis.
H IV 64	near 12	q	Per	02425+4016	STF 292		8/20/1782	1783	2007	32	212	212	0	22.0	23.1	1.1	7.56	8.23	0.67	B9	2	42	29.48	+	40	15	40.5	Double. Within a few minutes of q Persei. Pretty unequal. Both pr.; but S. a little darker. [Rho = 22", PA = 212°]	North following by about 4'.
H III 58	13	theta	Per	02442+4914	STF 296	AB	8/20/1782	1782	2007	74	290	305	15	13.5	20.6	7.1	4.16	10.25	6.09	F8V	2	44	11.70	+	49	13	43.1	In sinistro humero [In the left upper arm]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. d. A third star, very unequal, within 1' towards the south.
H I 74	near 39		Ari	02446+2928	STF 300		12/22/1782	1825	2008	122	294	315	21	2.9	3.2	0.3	7.89	8.08	0.19	F0IV	2	44	36.85	+	29	27	36.6	Double. About 2/3 degree n. preceding 39 Arietis, toward gamma Trianguli; a pretty large telescopic star. A little unequal. Both pr.
H I 64	42	pi	Ari	02493+1728	STF 311	AB	10/29/1782	1830	2009	74	125	121	4	3.2	3.3	0.1	5.32	7.95	2.63	B6V	2	49	17.55	+	17	27	51.5	In poplite [In the knee]. Treble. Excessively unequal. L. w.; S. both mere points.
H V 116	41		Ari	02500+2716	H V 116	AC	12/23/1782	1783	2008	21	189	230	41	39.3	27.2	-12.1	3.63	10.66	7.03	B8Vn	2	49	58.99	+	27	15	38.8	Treble. The two nearest excessively unequal. L. w.; S. a point. [Rho = 39", PA = 189°] For the distance of the farthest, see H VI 5.	For the other component of this multiple system, see H VI 5.
H VI 5	41		Ari	02500+2716	H VI 5	AD	9/22/1779	1781	2008	28	260	233	27	125.6	121.4	-4.2	3.63	8.80	5.17	B8Vn	2	49	58.99	+	27	15	38.8	Supra dorsum [Over the back]. Double. It is the star in the body of the fly. [Rho = 126"]	For the other component of this multiple system, see H V 116.
H IV 4	9	eta	Per	02507+5554	STF 307	AB	9/20/1779	1779	2008	49	290	295	5	26.0	31.2	5.2	3.76	8.50	4.74	M3Ib-IIa	2	50	41.79	+	55	53	43.9	I HEVELII 9. In dextro brachio [In the right arm]. Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. blue. [Rho = ±26", PA = 290°]
H VI 21	44	eta	Per	02507+5554	STF 307	AC	8/23/1780	1878	2007	10	268	270	2	67.0	68.9	1.9	3.76	9.90	6.14	M3Ib-IIa	2	50	41.79	+	55	53	43.9	Double. [Rho = ±135"]	Either the entry is out of order or the correct date is 8/2/1780.
H I 38	near 18	[tau]	Per	02529+5300	STF 314	AB-C	8/20/1782	1825	2006	113	291	314	23	1.3	1.5	0.2	6.95	7.26	0.31		2	52	52.03	+	52	59	50.6	In capite [In the head]. Double. About 1/2 degree n. preceding the 18th; in a line parallel to sigma and tau Persei; of two stars that [one] next to the 18th. A little unequal. Both pr.
H III 60	near 20		Per	02537+3820	STF 318	AB-C	8/20/1782	1783	2009	40	240	237	3	14.0	13.9	-0.1	5.00	9.68	4.68	F4IV	2	53	42.58	+	38	20	15.6	Secunda ad p Persei ... Illas in larva praecedit [second by p (16) Persei ... preceding (Medusa's) head]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. d.
H III 36	near [23]	gamma	Per	03009+5221	STF 331		9/14/1781	1793	2009	64	90	84	6	14.1	12.3	-1.8	5.21	6.17	0.96	B7V B9V	3	0	52.18	+	52	21	6.5	Double. A little south of gamma. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to r.	STF 331 is 1-1/4° south preceding.
H V 117	near 58	zeta	Ari	03112+2225	H V 117	AB	12/23/1782	1783	2007	16	318	321	3	34.8	33.1	-1.7	8.58	10.59	2.01	G5	3	11	13.84	+	22	24	57.1	Double. About 1-3/4° n. preceding zeta, towards the 41st Arietis; the following of four forming an arch. Very unequal. Both dr. [Rho = 35", PA = 318°]
H N 18	near 11		Eri	03172–2302	H N 18		11/17/1784	1835	2003	22	257	256	1	7.0	9.1	2.1	9.64	9.97	0.33	F8	3	17	10.11	–	23	1	35.8	[322] Sweep. Double 2d class, near : sp. perhaps 1°; a large star, followed by two more. 11 Eridani f. 15' 0", n. . .	The text gives "312 Sweep", out of sequence.
H II 76	near 63	tau	Ari	03203+1944	STF 376		12/23/1782	1782	2007	53	255	251	4	5.8	7.1	1.3	8.33	8.44	0.11	A2V	3	20	20.64	+	19	43	49.3	Double. About 1 degree s. preceding tau Arietis, towards mu Ceti; the most south of two small telescopic stars. Nearly equal. Both w.	HDS 418 is the alternative, but rho = 0.6" makes it unsuitable.
H III 91	near 62		Ari	03229+2949	STF 379		12/23/1782	1830	2004	36	103	101	2	10.1	10.4	0.3	8.59	8.80	0.21	A2	3	22	51.83	+	29	49	6.3	Double. Near 1 degree n. following the 62d Arietis, towards epsilon Persei. Nearly equal. Both dw.	No binary star in this direction from 62 Arietis that fits the Class criteria. I conjecture Herschel has mistaken 62 Ari for HIP 15549, the brighter unlabeled star 1° north of it; the binary is 1° north following exactly along the line specified and matching the description.
H III 77	near 65		Ari	03280+2028	STF 394	AB	10/9/1782	1783	2008	82	163	164	1	8.5	6.9	-1.6	7.05	8.16	1.11	A3 G5	3	28	1.40	+	20	27	51.4	Double. About 3/4 degree s. following the 65th Arietis, in a line parallel to the Pleiades and epsilon Tauri; the preceding of two. Very unequal. L. r.; S. bluish.
H IV 89	near	tau	Ari	03305+2006	STF 399	AB	10/9/1782	1783	2000	17	152	145	7	20.1	19.9	-0.2	8.33	10.75	2.42	G5	3	30	30.43	+	20	6	11.7	Double. The vertex of an isosceles triangle following tau Arietis; a very small star. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 20", PA = 152°]	In Taurus, about 2-1/2° south following tau, along a line from tau through 65 Arietis.
H I 55	near 8		Tau	03312+1947	STF 403	AB	10/9/1782	1829	2008	70	182	173	9	2.9	2.3	-0.6	8.71	8.92	0.21	F8	3	31	13.43	+	19	47	0.3	Double. About 1-1/3 degree n. preceding the 8th Tauri, or near 2 degrees s. following the 65th Arietis, in a line parallel to the Pleiades and epsilon Tauri; a small telescopic star not easily found. A little unequal. L. r.; S. d.	Baily's edition of Flamsteed observes that 8 Tauri does not exist, but was created through an error in Flamsteed's records. But Herschel had a specific visual reference in mind, and the binary was approximately 60% of the way toward it from 65 Ari, along the parallel described. I suggest "8 Tauri" = V1124 Tauri, and the binary is therefore STF 403.
H IV 44	near 4	s	Tau	03322+1133	AG 68		12/22/1781	1895	2006	26	249	249	0	18.3	17.5	-0.8	6.79	9.87	3.08	A1V	3	32	11.94	+	11	32	32.7	Double. It is a small telescopic star south following s. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d.
H IV 88	7		Tau	03344+2428	STF 412	AB-C	10/9/1782	1783	2007	83	67	54	13	19.8	22.4	2.6	5.94	9.92	3.98		3	34	26.62	+	24	27	52.1	In dorso [In the back]. Double. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. dr. [Rho = 20", PA = 67°]	The primary has a v.mag. 6.9 companion, 0.7" distant at PA = 354°, making a lovely triple system.
H III 78	near 13		Tau	03345+1948	STF 414		10/9/1782	1829	2007	61	186	186	0	7.1	7.5	0.4	8.15	8.28	0.13	A0	3	34	27.73	+	19	47	52.4	Double. About 1-3/4 degree s. preceding the 13th Tauri, in a line parallel to epsilon Tauri and delta Ceti. Nearly equal. Both pr.	Dreyer's note: "The place is 1° in error. It is = STF 414." The target star is north preceding.
H III 45	near 10		Tau	03368+0035	STF 422		10/22/1781	1822	2009	191	226	272	46	5.4	6.7	1.3	6.00	8.90	2.90	G8V	3	36	47.30	+	0	35	15.9	Double. It is near the star sub pede et scapula dextra [close under the right foot and shoulder]. Extremely unequal. L. pale r.; S. d.
H II 52	near 40	omicron	Per	03401+3407	STF 425		9/7/1782	1823	2008	228	104	62	42	3.4	1.9	-1.5	7.52	7.60	0.08	F9V	3	40	7.24	+	34	6	59.3	Double. Almost 1/2 degree preceding the 40th, in a line parallel to zeta and the 38th [omicron] Persei. Equal. Both w.
H N 23	near 42	psi	Tau	03406+2846	STF 427		1/29/1785	1824	2007	60	205	208	3	7.3	7.0	-0.3	7.41	7.84	0.43	A1V A2V	3	40	38.77	+	28	46	24.0	360 Sweep. Double, equal 8. 8m., nearly in the meridian; 3d class near, or 9. 9m. 42 (psi) Tauri p. 26' 12", s. 0° 20'.
H III 39	40	omicron	Per	03424+3358	STF 431		9/24/1781	1828	2001	30	237	249	12	19.8	25.6	5.8	4.97	10.04	5.07	B1.5IV	3	42	22.64	+	33	57	54.1	Double. It is the second or most northern omicron [Fl.40]. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. With 227, S. is hardly visible; with 460, it appears at first sight.
H III 88	near 11		Tau	03431+2541	STF 435		11/25/1782	1832	2008	22	2	3	1	12.9	12.8	-0.1	7.20	8.87	1.67	F3V	3	43	6.52	+	25	40	52.9	Double. About 1/2 degree n. following the 11th Tauri, towards iota Aurigæ. Very unequal. L. w.; S. pr.
H III 37	near 38		Per	03442+3207	STF 437		9/24/1781	1830	2003	21	309	310	1	11.1	11.4	0.3	9.84	10.04	0.20	B9	3	44	9.15	+	32	7	9.3	Double-double. South preceding the first omicron [Fl.38]. The equal set with 227, about 4 or 5 diameters The unequal set about 5 or 6 diameters. Near this last set is also a third star forming an obtuse angle with the stars of this set. Distance about 10". (Mr. BRYANT of Bath first observed these stars. — Herschel's footnote.)
H III 38	near 38		Per	03446+3210	STF 439	AB-C	9/24/1781	1830	2003	31	38	39	1	23.2	23.7	0.5	8.80	10.30	1.50	B5V	3	44	34.19	+	32	9	46.2
H III 66	30	e	Tau	03483+1109	STF 452		9/7/1782	1782	2000	41	73	59	14	11.3	9.2	-2.1	5.06	9.77	4.71	B3V+F5V	3	48	16.27	+	11	8	35.9	In dextri humeri scapula [In the right lower shoulder]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r.
H VI 96	44	zeta	Per	03541+3153	STF 464	AD	8/25/1782	1782	2009	22	195	195	0	71.4	98.3	26.9	2.85	10.44	7.59	B1Ib	3	54	7.92	+	31	53	1.2	In pede sinistro [In the left foot]. Treble. The nearest extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 71", PA = 203°]
H II 36	32		Eri	03543-0257	STF 470	AB	10/22/1781	1781	2008	133	343	353	10	4.3	7.2	2.9	4.80	5.89	1.09	G8III A2V	3	54	17.49	–	2	57	17.0	Double. Considerably unequal. L. reddish w.; S. blue.
H V 41	43	A	Per	03566+5042	S 440	AB	9/24/1781	1825	2008	15	30	31	1	75.3	75.5	0.2	5.32	10.66	5.34	F5IV	3	56	36.44	+	50	41	44.5	Double. Unequal. L. w. [Rho = ±50"]	I can't confirm the equivalence presumed by Herschel of A and 43 Persei. The multiple system 43 Persei (S 440) has a 12.5 mag. companion (D) that fits the class separation.
H II 22	45	epsilon	Per	03579+4001	STF 471	AB	8/2/1780	1780	2008	47	9	10	1	8.0	8.7	0.7	2.85	8.88	6.03	B0.5V+A2V	3	57	51.22	+	40	0	36.9	In sinistro genu [In the left knee]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. A third star near at about 1-1/2 or 1-3/4 min.
H N 93	near 37		Tau	04009+2312	STF 479	AB	1/4/1793	1823	2007	94	128	127	1	7.2	7.4	0.2	6.92	7.76	0.84	B9V	4	0	56.81	+	23	12	5.7	Review of ecliptic. Double, 2d class, a little unequal. np. 37 (A) Tauri 1-1/2° in a line parallel to 54 (nu) and Pleïades.	A triple system: the 9.5 mag. second companion is at rho = 58", PA = 241°.
H N 17	near 65	kappa1	Tau	04089+2306	STF 494		11/16/1784	1825	2008	98	186	188	2	6.3	5.3	-1.0	7.53	7.65	0.12	A8IV A8IV	4	8	53.50	+	23	5	55.1	316 Sweep. A double star of the 2d class. 65 (1st kappa) Tauri p. 16' 35", n. 0° 45'.
H N 24	39	A	Eri	04144–1015	STF 516	AB	1/31/1785	1831	2009	73	154	146	8	8.0	6.7	-1.3	5.03	8.53	3.50	K2III	4	14	23.69	–	10	15	21.2	362 Sweep. 39 (A) Eridani has a very small star to the south. 2d class very near. Position in the meridian. — (Review. 1/17/1809) Extremely unequal. I see it best with the double [Ramsden?] eye-piece. Very unequal will be more proper. with 240 it will not bear light enough to see the wires: it is, however, about [PA = 185°]. With 160 the distance is about between 2 and 3 diameters of L.	A triple system: the mag. 9.7 second companion is at rho = 135", PA = 157°
H VI 20	51	mu	Per	04149+4825	H VI 20	AC	8/2/1780	1821	2009	17	231	234	3	91.6	83.3	-8.3	4.24	10.39	6.15	G0II	4	14	53.86	+	48	24	33.5	Duarum in dextro poplite sequens [Of two in the following right knee]. Double. Very unequal. L. w. [Rho = ±90"]
H VI 98	near 46		Tau	04155+0611	STTA 45	AB	9/7/1782	1875	2005	34	315	317	2	65.5	64.5	-1.0	6.38	7.01	0.63	G0IV G3V	4	15	28.86	+	6	11	13.6	Double. About 1-1/2 degree s. following the 46th, nearly in a line parallel to the 38th Tauri and the 42 Eridani. A little unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 63", PA = 314°] A double star of the Vth Class in view, following within 3'. Equal. Both small and r. Almost similarly situated with the above, but position more n. preceding.	Some sources list this as H VI 98.
H II 80	near 40	d [omicron2]	Eri	04190-0725	STF 527		1/31/1783	1831	1998	21	190	195	5	5.5	6.2	0.7	8.16	10.38	2.22	F0	4	19	2.70	–	7	25	22.9	Double. About 1-1/3 min. s. following d Eridani. Very unequal. Both dr. Distance of L. from d Eridani, with 227, 1' 21" 47'".	40 Eri has a very large proper motion, but its 1780 location gives no star > v.mag. 11 following within 2 arcminutes. The best (only) nearby binary match is STF 527 (rho = 6", mag. diff. 2.2), following at ±3/4° from the 1780 location.
H V 13	52	phi	Tau	04204+2721	SHJ 40	AB	10/30/1779	1821	2008	45	241	261	20	56.8	49.1	-7.7	5.08	7.51	2.43	K2III	4	20	21.23	+	27	21	3.4	Borea sequentis lateris quadrilateri in cervice [North following the quadrilateral in the neck]. Double. Distance 56", inaccurate.
H IV 10	59	chi	Tau	04226+2538	STF 528		10/30/1779	1822	2009	75	27	20	7	19.7	20.2	0.5	5.37	8.54	3.17	B9Vnn F8V	4	22	34.94	+	25	37	45.5	Australis sequentis lateris quadrilateri, in cervice [South following corner of the four square, in the neck]. Double. [Rho = 19"]
H IV 117	near 42		Eri	04233-0500	HJ 342	AB	1/31/1783	1783	2007	16	238	235	3	19.5	17.3	-2.2	7.76	9.58	1.82	K3III	4	23	15.01	–	5	0	20.3	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. of the 42d Eridani, in a line parallel to Rigel and mu Leporis; the most south and following of three. Very unequal. L. r.; S. r. [Rho = 20", PA = 238°]
H IV 109	62		Tau	04240+2418	STF 534	AB	11/25/1782	1783	2007	63	291	290	1	28.1	29.1	1.0	6.36	7.94	1.58	B3V A1V	4	23	59.76	+	24	18	3.7	Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 28", PA = 291°]
H IV 72	near 55		Per	04244+3419	STF 533	AB	9/7/1782	1827	2007	49	60	62	2	20	19.6	-0.4	7.3	8.49	1.19	B8V	4	24	24.84	+	34	18	53.4	Double. About 1/4 degree n. of the 55th Persei; of three in a line the most north. Pretty unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. [Rho = 17", PA = 63°]	= V590
H VI 8	65	kappa2	Tau	04254+2218	STF 541	A-CD	10/6/1779	1873	1997	3	170	175	5	183.7	180.7	-3.0	4.22	9.50	5.28	A7IV/V	4	25	22.16	+	22	17	37.9	Double. At a considerable distance.
H VI 101	68	delta	Tau	04255+1756	H VI 101	AC	10/31/1782	1783	2006	18	235	236	1	63.6	77.0	13.4	4.26	10.57	6.31		4	25	29.38	+	17	55	40.5	Has two stars in view. The nearest excessively unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 63", PA = 278°]
H II 54	near 74	epsilon	Tau	04270+1907	STF 546		9/7/1782	1822	2002	56	189	182	7	6.7	6.8	0.1	7.94	9.21	1.27	G0	4	27	0.62	+	19	7	3.6	Double. Near 1/2 degree s. preceding epsilon, in a line parallel to alpha and gamma Tauri; a small star. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. d.
H IV 74	near 68	delta[3]	Tau	04271+1812	STF 545	AB	9/7/1782	1782	2007	37	64	58	6	16.5	18.4	1.9	6.92	8.78	1.86	A0V	4	27	4.85	+	18	12	27.1	Double. Near 1/2 degree n. following delta, towards iota Tauri. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 17", PA = 64°]
H IV 75	near 66	v	Tau	04278+1001	STF 549	AB	9/7/1782	1822	2006	18	161	157	4	23.9	25.7	1.8	8.24	10.02	1.78	A2	4	27	50.89	+	10	1	15.3	Double. About 1-1/4 degree n. following v, in a line parallel to mu Tauri and the 9th Orionis. Very unequal. L. r.; S. dr. [Rho = 23", PA = 152°]
H N 44	near 4	omega	Aur	04314+4001	STF 552		10/18/1786	1828	2008	64	114	116	2	9.3	9.0	-0.3	6.78	7.18	0.40	B8V	4	31	24.10	+	40	0	36.7	619 Sweep. Double, equal, 3d class. 4 (omega) Aurigæ p. 28' 0", n. 2° 1'. — (Review 10.16/1795) 1° 40' sp. 58 (e) Persei in a line parallel to beta and iota Aurigæ, double; 3d class, equal.
H N 67	1		Cam	04320+5355	STF 550	AB	12/18/1788	1800	2009	105	299	308	9	12.0	10.3	-1.7	5.78	6.82	1.04	B0III	4	32	1.84	+	53	54	39.0	894 Sweep. 1 Camelopardalis, double, 3d class, a little unequal. Position np. — (Review 3/22/1795) 1st Camelopardalis, double, considerably unequal. Position with [magnification] 164 np. 2 rev. –26.7 parts + 3.5 for zero = 39° 46.8': 2d measure 2 rev. –26.1 parts + 3.5 for zero = 39° 54.9'.	A triple system: the 11.1 mag. second companion is located at rho = 151", PA = 216°.
H VI 64	near	nu	Eri	04326-0313	H VI 64		10/22/1781	1894	2003	10	117	117	0	125.8	122.5	-3.3	5.73	10.44	4.71	B9III	4	32	37.55	–	3	12	34.3	Double. It is the small star near nu. [Rho = ±105"]
H VI 99	57	m	Per	04334+4304	SHJ 44	AB	9/7/1782	1783	2003	26	198	198	0	96.4	120.5	24.1	6.12	6.83	0.71	F0V	4	33	24.90	+	43	3	50.0	In dextri pedis talo [In the right ankle]. Double. Pretty unequal. L. r.; S. rw. [Rho = 96", PA = 198°]
H N 132	near 74	epsilon	Tau	04335+1801	STF 559		9/12/1801	1830	2008	160	279	277	2	3.0	3.0	0.0	6.97	7.02	0.05	B9IVn	4	33	33.04	+	18	1	0.2	Review. Double, 2d class, near. It is between alpha and epsilon Tauri, rather nearer alpha, and it is a little following the line that joins alpha and epsilon; a considerable star.
H III 100	near 55		Eri	04352-0944	STF 570		1/31/1783	1830	2008	50	259	260	1	12.8	12.7	-0.1	6.71	7.64	0.93	A1m	4	35	14.12	–	9	44	10.9	Double. About 2-1/4 degrees s. preceding the 55th Eridani, in a line parallel to Rigel and gamma Eridani. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. db.
H VI 31	88	d	Tau	04357+1010	SHJ 45	AB	9/24/1780	1800	2008	29	303	300	3	64.3	70.5	6.2	4.27	7.84	3.57		4	35	39.23	+	10	9	39.3	In sinistro cubito [In the left knee]. Double. [Rho = 71"]
H VI 66	87	alpha	Tau	04359+1631	STFA 2	AC	12/19/1781	1781	2007	35	37	32	5	87.8	135.2	47.4	0.85	11.30	10.45		4	35	55.24	+	16	30	33.5	Splendida in austrino oculo [The bright star in the southern eye]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 88", PA = 37°] With [magnification] 460, the apparent diameter of this star, when on the meridian, measured 1.77", a mean of two very compleat observations, they agreed to 0.1"; with 932, it measured 1.2", also a mean of two excellent observations; they agreed to 0.13". The apparent disk was perfectly well defined with both powers.	This note illustrates Herschel's repeated observation of the variable diameter of the star diffraction artifact known as the Airy disk, which in his 6.2" ƒ/13 reflector would be 1.76" in angular diameter; the exit pupils would be 0.32 mm at 460x and 0.17 mm at 932x. Herschel often quotes measurements in hundredths or thousandths of an arcsecond; this is the result of averaging two or more observations.
H III 95	near 48	nu	Eri	04360-0337	STF 571	AB	1/2/1783	1827	1999	14	260	259	1	12.0	17.7	5.7	6.33	10.72	4.39	B7III	4	36	1.67	–	3	36	41.8	Double. Near 1/3 degree s. preceding nu, in a line from the 51st continued through the 48th Eridani. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. d. and hardly to be seen with 227.
H III 65	near 58	e	Per	04367+4105	STF 563		9/7/1782	1782	2001	20	41	32	9	11.4	11.8	0.4	7.98	10.49	2.51	B9IV	4	36	39.13	+	41	4	36.7	In dexri pedis talo [In the right foot]. Double. About 10' south of the 58th Persei, in a line parallel to zeta and iota Aurigae; a small telescopic star. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d.
H II 81	near 49		Eri	04409+0058	STF 583	AB	1/31/1783	1822	2000	21	331	328	3	6.0	5.7	-0.3	7.88	9.28	1.40	A0IV	4	40	56.21	+	0	57	46.0	Double. Near 1 degree following the 49th Eridani, towards delta Orionis. Very unequal. Both dw.	49 Eridani is now in Taurus, NE of 45 Eri.
H VI 7*	94	tau	Tau	04422+2257	S 455	AB	10/6/1779	1777	2008	39	212	215	3	60.0	62.0	2.0	4.24	7.02	2.78	B3V	4	42	14.70	+	22	57	25.1	In eductione cornu borei [In the base of the northern horn]. Double. [Rho = 61"]
H III 99	55		Eri	04436-0848	STF 590		1/31/1783	1783	2007	90	314	318	4	9.2	9.2	0.0	6.74	6.78	0.04	G5III	4	43	35.17	–	8	47	46.4	Double. A very little unequal. L. pr.; S. rw.
H N 66	4		Cam	04480+5645	BU 1387	AB	12/18/1788	1913	1998	4	197	200	3	13.4	13.7	0.3	5.34	13.20	7.86	A3m	4	48	0.22	+	56	45	27.1	894 Sweep. 4 Camelopardalis Hevelii, double, very unequal, 3d or 4th class. (WOLL. Cat., zone 35° . . 3h . .)	A triple system: the 12.0 mag. second companion is located at rho = 226", PA = 97°.
H IV 73	In constellatione		Cam	04480+5307	STF 587		9/7/1782	1782	2007	28	185	186	1	19.6	20.9	1.3	7.59	9.15	1.56	A3	4	48	1.72	+	53	7	19.2	Double. Between FL. 2 and 8 Cam.; the smallest of two that are within 1/4 degree of each other. Considerably unequal. [Rho = 20", PA = 185°]
H VI 83	near 1		Ori	04503+0657	H VI 83		2/9/1782	1897	2002	15	4	5	1	96.1	94.8	-1.3	7.24	10.14	2.90	A2	4	50	17.30	+	6	56	59.7	Double. A few minutes s. following the 1st, towards the belt of Orion. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 81", PA = 2°]
H N 77	near [9]		[Aur]	04542+4935	STF 603	AB	12/28/1790	1830	2004	29	239	241	2	8.4	8.6	0.2	8.72	8.88	0.16	G0	4	54	13.68	+	49	34	52.3	989 Sweep. Double, equal, 3d class. 41 Persei Hevelii f. 35' 50", s. 0° 37'.	Identified using Herschel's precessed coordinates.
H VI 106	62	b	Eri	04564-0510	SHJ 48	AB	12/7/1782	1783	2009	26	75	77	2	60.4	63.8	3.4	5.46	8.93	3.47	B6V	4	56	24.19	–	5	10	16.9	Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. pr. [Rho = 60", PA = 75°]
H I 68	near 10		Ori	04581+0141	STF 622	A-BC	11/5/1782	1782	2008	101	175	163	12	2.0	2.5	0.5	8.48	8.61	0.13	F5	4	58	6.20	+	1	40	31.6	Parvula [Barely visible]. Double. The small star not many minutes from the 10th Orionis. A little unequal. Both whitish.
H V 57	near 9	[omicron2]	Ori	04590+1433	SHJ 49	AB	2/4/1782	1777	2008	48	303	305	2	42.0	39.2	-2.8	6.06	7.43	1.37	B7V	4	58	59.41	+	14	32	35.7	In exuviarum summo [In the highest of the spoils]. Treble. More than 1 degree n. following the 9th Orionis, towards the 113th Tauri; the largest of two. The two nearest considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. rw. [Rho = 36", PA = 304°] The farthest very unequal. S. r. Distance Vth Class. Position — following.	Both companions have closed since Herschel's time; 9.6 magnitude C is now 54" distant at PA = 89°.
H II 14	4	omega	Aur	04593+3753	STF 616	AB	10/30/1779	1822	2008	103	356	3	7	6.3	4.8	-1.5	5.00	8.21	3.21	A1V	4	59	15.41	+	37	53	24.9	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. r.
H III 52	near 10	[pi6]	Ori	05020+0137	STF 630	A-BC	2/17/1782	1783	2007	51	53	49	4	13.7	14.3	0.6	6.50	7.71	1.21	B8V	5	2	0.03	+	1	36	31.9	Double. Above 3/4 degree n. following the 10th, towards omega Orionis. Considerably unequal. Both pr.
H VI 36	10		Cam	05034+6027	S 459	AB	9/30/1780	1825	2008	26	208	211	3	80.3	81.2	0.9	4.12	7.44	3.32	G0I	5	3	25.10	+	60	26	32.2	Double. [Rho = ±90"]
H II 53	near 11/12		Cam	05046+5852	STF 625	A-BC	9/7/1782	1831	1998	16	115	114	1	4.4	4.2	-0.2	8.29	10.44	2.15	G5	5	4	32.96	+	58	51	39.5	Double. Less than 1/4 degree preceding the 11th and 12th, in a line from the 1st Lyncis continued through the 12th Camelopardali. Extremely unequal. Both dr.
H VI 35	9		Aur	05067+5136	H VI 35	AC	9/26/1780	1888	2002	22	61	62	1	90.1	89.9	-0.2	5.00	9.99	4.99	F0V	5	6	40.66	+	51	35	53.3	Double. It is the star over the goat's head. [Rho = ±120"]	Flamsteed's Atlas shows two stars, one of them spurious. Discrepant separation estimate.
H VI 105	105		Tau	05079+2142	S 466		12/7/1782	1825	2002	17	251	250	1	111.5	110.6	-0.9	5.85	9.41	3.56	B2Ve	5	7	55.44	+	21	42	17.4	Double. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 101", PA = 252°]
H V 114	103		Tau	05081+2416	H V 114	AC	12/7/1782	1782	1997	11	198	198	0	30	36	6	5.51	11.03	5.52		5	8	6.62	+	24	15	54.6	Double. Excessively unequal. L. rw.; S. d. [Rho = 30"]	Herschel gives a position angle of 72° but doesn't specify the quadrant: it is south preceding.
H IV 43	In constellatione		Eri	05083-0840	STF 649	AB	10/22/1781	1831	2009	36	81	69	12	21.6	21.6	0.0	5.80	8.97	3.17	B8V	5	8	20.18	–	8	39	55.1	In origine fluvii Eridani [At the source of Eridanus]. Double. It is the middle of three telescopic stars. Very unequal.	It is odd that Herschel did not say "near lambda Eridani", unless lambda is considered the origin of Eridani. It requires interpreting lambda (v.mag. 4.3) as one of the "telescopic" stars, but STF 649 best fits the Class among alternatives in this area. (STF 636 and 637 are too close, 642 is too wide; however STF 639 is also plausible.)
H N 46	near 69	lambda	Eri	05083–0840	STF 649	AB	12/19/1786	1831	2009	36	81	69	12	21.6	21.6	0.0	5.80	8.97	3.17	B8V	5	8	20.18	–	8	39	55.1	654 Sweep. Double. 69 (lambda) Eridani p. 0' 48", n. 0° 5'. — (Review. 1/17/1809) 69 (lambda) Eridani 1/2° preceding the nearest of two. Considerably unequal. L. w. S. r. Position with 240, 0 rev., 27.2 parts + 2.5 for zero = 6.683 or 6° 41.2'. It is H IV 43 of my first catalogues; lambda 69 is a single star.	A triple system. The original gives "p. 0° 48'", but Herschel consistently states right ascension in minutes and seconds of time.
H III 90	near 103		Tau	05098+2802	STF 645	A-BC	11/29/1782	1783	2006	61	26	29	3	13.6	11.4	-2.2	6.04	9.11	3.07	A5m	5	9	45.06	+	28	1	50.2	Double. About three degrees directly n. of the 103 Tauri; the largest of three, forming an obtuse angle. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. pr.
H I 45	near 11	mu	Aur	05103+3718	STF 644	AB	9/5/1782	1828	2009	165	219	222	3	1.6	1.6	0.0	6.78	6.96	0.18	B2II+K3	5	10	18.81	+	37	18	6.7	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. preceding mu, towards iota Aurigae; a pretty considerable star in a minute telescopic constellation. A little unequal. Both pr. or r.
H III 67	3	iota	Lep	05123-1152	STF 655	AB	9/7/1782	1783	1998	19	359	337	22	12.3	12.0	-0.3	4.47	9.92	5.45	B8V	5	12	17.89	–	11	52	8.9	Borea præcedentis lateris quadrilateri ad aures [North preceding side of rectangle of the ears]. Double. Excessively unequal. L. w.; S. d.
H N 21	17	rho1	Ori	05133+0252	STF 654	AB	12/13/1784	1825	2007	77	62	63	1	7.1	6.9	-0.2	4.62	8.50	3.88	K2II	5	13	17.48	+	2	51	40.5	340 Sweep. 17 (1st rho) Orionis. Double, 2d class. Position n. f. unequal. — (Review 1/17/1809) Distance between 3 and 4 diameters of L. A pretty object.	A triple system: the 11.5 mag. second companion is at rho = 182", PA = 157°.
H II 92	In Camelopardali clune		Cam	05143+6949	STF 638		4/30/1783	1828	2000	26	220	219	1	5.0	5.0	0.0	7.52	9.06	1.54	K1IV	5	14	19.85	+	69	49	25.3	[In the Giraffe's flank.] Double. About four times the distance of [between] the 10th and 12th Camelopardali, north of the 10th, and almost in the same direction with the 10th and 12th, is a star of between the 5th and 6th magnitude not marked in FLAMSTEED; naming that star A, we have the following direction. About 1/2 degree preceding A Camelopardali, in a line from the 2d Lyncis continued through A; the second from A. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d.	The stars 10 [beta] and 12 Camelopardali are separated by almost 2°. The 6th magnitude "A" star 8° north of 10 Cam (and only about 1° north following alpha Camelopardali, a much more reliable reference) is then HIP 23484. A line from 2 Cam through A points most directly to HIP 24417, "second" behind a 6th magnitude star.
H II 33	19	beta	Ori	05145-0812	STF 668	A-BC	10/1/1781	1822	2009	116	201	204	3	8.9	9.3	0.4	0.30	6.80	6.50	B8Iae:	5	14	32.27	–	8	12	5.9	In sinistro pede splendida [Brightest in the left foot]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r. The small star not wanting apparent magnitude is better to be seen with my power of 227 than with 460.
H I 54	near 20	tau	Ori	05147-0704	STF 667		10/4/1782	1830	2004	28	313	316	3	4.2	4.2	0.0	7.15	8.78	1.63	K2	5	14	41.31	–	7	4	18.1	In malleolo sinistri cruris [In the ankle strap on the left side]. Double. Near 3/4 degree preceding tau, in a line from theta through tau Orionis continued. Very unequal. L. r.; S. dr.
H IV 19	14		Aur	05154+3241	STF 653	AC	9/24/1780	1780	2009	91	232	225	7	16.1	14.2	-1.9	4.98	7.33	2.35	F3V	5	15	24.39	+	32	41	15.3	Double. It is the preceding star of a cluster of stars that preced phi and chi. Very unequal. L. reddish w.; S. d. [Rho = 16", PA = 232°]	Herschel's measurements appear to refer to the 7.33 magnitude C component, PA = 227°, rho = 14.6", not listed in WDS.
H VI 30	13	alpha	Aur	05167+4600	HJ 2256	AF	9/8/1780	1783	2009	21	151	136	15	169.1	109.2	-59.9	0.08	10.21	10.13		5	16	41.30	+	45	59	56.5	In humero sinistro [In the left shoulder]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 169", PA = 151°] With a power of 227, and my common micrometer, the diameter of this star measured 2.5". The circumference was remarkably well defined.	Capella is both a spectroscopic binary and a multiple system of at least seven visual components. The chosen catalog pair corresponds to Herschel's measured separation and position angle.
H II 48	near 16		Aur	05172+3320	STF 666		8/28/1782	1821	2008	64	75	74	1	4.0	3.0	-1.0	7.85	7.89	0.04	A3V	5	17	5.80	+	33	19	47.2	A minute double star. Less than 1/4 degree s. preceding the 16th, in a line parallel to the 10 [eta] and 8 [zeta] Aurigae; the preceding star of a small triangle of which the 16th is the largest and following. A little unequal. Both pr.
H V 25	20	tau	Ori	05176-0651	H V 25	AB	10/23/1780	1868	1998	12	248	251	3	31.3	33.7	2.4	3.60	10.97	7.37	B5III	5	17	36.40	–	6	50	39.8	Supra talum in tibia [Above the knuckle in the pipe]. Double. Very unequal. [Rho] about 30".	WDS lists four components, all but the primary at v.mag. 11 or fainter.
H V 22	15	lambda	Aur	05191+4006	STFB 3	AD	9/30/1780	1825	2003	30	35	349	46	102.1	203.4	101.3	4.76	9.70	4.94	G1V	5	19	8.10	+	40	6	2.3	Has 4 or 5 near. Two are about 20" or 30" from each other.
H V 88	near 15	lambda	Aur	05191+4009	H V 88	AB	9/5/1782	1893	1999	11	38	217	179	33.0	33.1	0.1	10.10	11.50	1.40		5	19	17.29	+	40	8	17.7	In sinistra manu [In his left hand]. Double. About 3' or 4' n. following the 15th Aurigæ. Very unequal. [Rho = 34", PA = 36°]	PA calculated by correcting Herschel's "south preceding" to "north following".
H III 94	near 7	nu	Lep	05193-1045	STF 688		12/31/1782	1783	2008	31	94	95	1	11.7	10.6	-1.1	7.52	7.55	0.03	F0	5	19	20.88	–	10	44	49.9	Double. About 1-1/3 degree n. preceding nu Leporis, in a line parallel to kappa and epsilon Orionis; the second in that line. Equal. Both rw.	The target star is just inside Orion.
H IV 87	near 29	e	Ori	05204-0802	STF 692	AB-C	10/4/1782	1783	2002	27	8	5	3	29.3	34.6	5.3	7.64	8.57	0.93	F2	5	20	24.16	–	8	1	47.0	In sinistro calcaneo [In the left heel]. Double. About 1 degree preceding e, in a line parallel to sigma Orionis and b Eridani nearly. Considerably unequal. Both pr. [Rho = 29", PA = 8°]	Dreyer's note: "h Eridani, only mentioned in one obs., should be b Eridani."
H IV 84	23	m	Ori	05228+0333	STF 696		10/2/1782	1782	2009	67	31	30	1	32.8	31.5	-1.3	4.95	6.76	1.81	B1V	5	22	50.00	+	3	32	40.0	In crate pectoris [In the breast]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. pr. [Rho = 26", PA = 31°]
H I 75	near 26		Ori	05231+0103	STF 700		1/9/1783	1827	2002	41	8	5	3	4.0	4.9	0.9	7.69	7.89	0.20	B9V B9.5V	5	23	5.54	+	1	3	24.7	Double. About 1/4 degree s. preceding the 26th, in a line parallel to delta and beta Orionis; the farthest of the two; or 3/4 degree s. preceding the 30th in the same direction. Nearly equal. Both w. or rw.	26 Orionis does not exist, an error of Flamsteed's. The star intended is either 25 or 30 Orionis.
H II 102	near 29	e	Ori	05233-0825	STF 701		9/27/1783	1830	2003	42	146	139	7	5.9	6.0	0.1	6.13	8.09	1.96	B8III	5	23	18.50	–	8	24	55.9	Double. About 1/2 degree s. preceding e, in a line parallel to rho and beta Orionis; the largest of several. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. inclining to garnet.
H N 48	near 1		Lup	05236–2218	COO 31		2/13/1787	1913	2003	14	282	284	2	17.2	17.4	0.2	7.45	10.22	2.77	A7V	5	23	38.15	–	22	18	29.2	700 Sweep. Double. 1 Lupi p. 21' : : 43", n. 0° 44'.	A corrupted entry. Herschel's given coordinates (14h 51m, –30° 48' precessed to J2000) are in Hydra south of Libra and locate no binary star. The directions from 1 Lupi point to B 689, which is however 9th mag., rho = ±0.5" and therefore extremely difficult to see with a 6" instrument. I've opted for the binary following at 21', n. 0° 30'.
H V 110	111		Tau	05244+1723	S 478	AB	11/13/1782	1782	2002	35	274	271	3	46.7	102.7	56.0	5.06	8.79	3.73	F8V	5	24	25.31	+	17	23	0.8	Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 47", PA = 274°]
H VI 67	28	eta	Ori	05245-0224	H VI 67	AC	12/27/1781	1783	1998	5	55	51	4	111.0	115.1	4.1	3.56	9.40	5.84	B1V+B2e	5	24	28.62	–	2	23	49.7	In extremo ensis manubrio [In the end of the sword handle]. Double. Excessively unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 111", PA = 55°]
H VI 68	near 28	eta	Ori	05250-0249	H VI 68		12/27/1781	1893	2007	9	282	282	0	136.6	135.3	-1.3	7.31	9.16	1.85	B5V	5	25	1.20	-	2	48	55.7	Double. About 1/2 degree s. of, and a little following eta, in a line nearly parallel to delta and theta Orionis. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 120", P = 278°]	Mislabeled in WDS as H 4 68; USNO is notified.
H I 52	near 25		Ori	05252+0155	STF 708		10/2/1782	1782	2001	26	323	322	1	2.0	2.7	0.7	7.74	8.90	1.16	B8V	5	25	11.38	+	1	55	24.3	Parvula [Barely visible]. Double. A few minutes following the 25th Orionis; in a line parallel to h Eridani and epsilon Orionis. Very unequal. L. ash w.; S. dw.
H IV 101	near 24	phi	Aur	05252+3451	STF 698	AB	11/6/1782	1831	2007	42	346	350	4	31.1	31.2	0.1	6.65	8.33	2.18	K2III	5	25	12.94	+	34	51	18.6	Double. Near 3/4 degree n. preceding phi, in a line parallel to the 21st and 8th Aurigæ. Pretty unequal. L. rw.; S. bluish. [Rho = 25", PA = 346°]	Parallax/proper motion data indicate this is an optical pair.
H I 53	near 30	[psi2]	Ori	05265+0256	STF 712	AB	10/2/1782	1828	2007	62	50	66	16	3.4	3.2	-0.2	6.70	8.59	1.89	B9.5V	5	26	31.22	+	2	56	9.3	Parvula [Barely visible]. Double. About 10' preceding the 30th, in a line parallel to lambda and gamma Orionis. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d.
H V 115	114	omicron	Tau	05276+2156	HJ 365	AC	12/7/1782	1827	1997	9	195	194	1	35.0	58.7	23.7	4.88	10.40	5.52	B2.5IV	5	27	38.08	+	21	56	13.1	Double. Excessively unequal. L. w.; S. a point. [Rho = ±52", PA = 192°] Two other small stars following, and a third to the north.	Position angle matches but separation is widely discrepant.
H II 75	118		Tau	05293+2509	STF 716	AB	12/7/1782	1782	2007	197	193	208	15	5.0	4.4	-0.6	5.83	6.68	0.85	B8.5V	5	29	16.49	+	25	9	1.1	Double. A little unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to r. I could just see it with an 18-inch [focal length] achromatic, made by Mr. NAIRNE; it was as close as possible, and a pretty object.
H V 101	near 36	upsilon	Ori	05294-0716	H V 101		10/4/1782	1893	1998	5	117	116	1	49.0	49.3	0.3	6.71	10.60	3.89	B5V	5	29	25.41	–	7	15	39.2	Double. About 2/3 degree preceding upsilon, nearly in a line parallel to kappa and beta Orionis; the second from upsilon. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 44", PA = ±105°]
H IV 45	near	psi	Ori	05296+0309	STF 721	A-BC	12/27/1781	1783	2008	35	152	148	4	20.1	25.1	5.0	7.09	9.14	2.05	B5V	5	29	33.52	+	3	8	52.5	In pectoris crate Orionis [In the bowl of Orion's chest]. Double. About 2/3 degree following psi, towards n Orionis. Extremely unequal. L. pr.; S. dr. [Rho = 20", PA = 152°]
H IV 110	near 112	beta	Tau	05301+2933	STF 719	AC	12/24/1782	1783	2002	43	345	353	8	16.1	14.8	-1.3	7.50	9.39	1.89		5	30	6.14	+	29	32	55.3	Double. About 1-1/4 degree n. following beta Tauri, towards theta Aurigæ; the second in that direction. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 16", PA = 345°]	The primary has a v.mag. 8.8 companion, 1.3" distant at PA=333.
H I 25	32		Ori	05308+0557	STF 728		1/20/1782	1780	2007	222	218	46	172	1.5	1.2	-0.3	4.44	5.75	1.31	B5V	5	30	47.06	+	5	56	53.3	Sub humero in consequentia [In the area following behind the arm]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. fine w.; S. w. inclining to pale rose colour.
H I 22	33	n	Ori	05312+0318	STF 729	AB	10/22/1781	1781	2008	116	29	29	0	0.7	1.9	1.2	5.71	6.74	1.03	B1.5V	5	31	14.53	+	3	17	31.7	Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. w.; inclining to blue. With 227, they seem almost in contact. A very pleasing object and easily seen.
H V 10*	34	delta	Ori	05320-0018	STFA 14	AC	10/26/1779	1777	2008	62	0	359	1	50.0	52.8	2.8	2.41	6.83	4.42	B0III	5	32	0.40	–	0	17	56.7	Trium in cingulo præcedens [Preceding of three in the belt]. Double. Considerably unequal L. w.; S. blueish r. [Rho = 53", PA = 358°]	Look for a "rodlike" shape to the primary: it has a magnitude 3.8 companion at 0.3". A 14th mag. star completes the known system.
H III 93	In constellatione		Tau	05322+1703	STF 730		12/31/1782	1783	2007	82	142	142	0	12.2	9.4	-2.8	6.06	6.44	0.38	B7IIIe	5	32	14.14	+	17	3	29.3	Double. Almost equal. Both rw. Distance 12". Position 52° south following [PA=142°].	Sorting through WDS to find a double star anywhere in Taurus with magnitude difference < 0.4, separation between 5" and 15", and a position angle of around 142 turns up STF 730 as the best matching candidate. It is the brightest star due south of 119 Tau and due west of 122 Tau. The unusual "almost equal" description of the relative magnitudes, and the lack of star hopping directions, make this identification uncertain; but the measurements match almost exactly. I suspect Herschel was distracted from a Flamsteed reference by the clutter of stars in this region. See the duplicate entry H N 124.
H V 119	near 46	epsilon	Ori	05331-0143	STF 734	AC	12/28/1782	1783	2008	37	248	245	3	30.2	29.5	-0.7	6.67	8.35	1.68		5	33	7.35	–	1	43	2.5	Double. Full 3/4 degree s. preceding epsilon, in a line parallel to epsilon Orionis and b Eridani; the smallest and most s. of two. Very unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = ±30", PA = 248°] A third star 2 or 3° s. following.
H V 118	near 46	epsilon	Ori	05341-0102	H V 118		12/28/1782	1892	2000	6	264	265	1	27.3	27.6	0.3	6.22	11.20	4.98	B2.5V	5	34	3.89	–	1	2	8.6	Double. The most n. of three preceding epsilon Orionis, towards mu Tauri. More north is another set of three; care must be taken not to mistake one of them for this. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. d. Distance Vth Class. [PA = 257°] Two more following, excessively unequal; one about 1' the other about 1-1/2 minute.
H III 76	near	delta	Ori	05349-0007	STF 741		10/4/1782	1831	2000	16	286	286	0	10.2	10.1	-0.1	7.14	10.03	2.89	B5	5	34	56.49	–	0	7	22.3	Double. About 3/4 degree n following delta [Orionis], in a line parallel to tau and iota Orionis. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d.
H III 14	44	iota	Ori	05350-0600	STF 747	AB	10/7/1779	1825	2009	44	223	224	1	35.8	36.0	0.2	4.70	5.51	0.81	B0.5V B1V	5	35	2.68	–	6	0	7.2	[See Herschel's note under H III 13, below.]	The measure appears out of Class because it is between the two multiple systems (H III 13 and H III 14).
H II 9a	39	lambda	Ori	05351+0956	STF 738	AB	10/7/1779	1779	2008	188	45	50	5	5.8	4.9	-0.9	3.51	5.45	1.94	O8 B0.5V	5	35	8.28	+	9	56	3.0	In capite nebulosa [In the nebulous head]. Quadruple, or rather a double star and two more at a small distance. The double star considerably unequal. L. w.; S. pale rose colour. As every one of the four stars is perfectly distinct, it is evident, the whole appeared nebulous to FLAMSTEED for no other reason than because his telescope had not sufficient power to distinguish them.
H II 9b	39	lambda	Ori	05352+1014	STT 111		10/7/1779	1847	2003	17	353	351	2	2.9	2.8	-0.1	5.65	9.68	4.03	B9IIIp	5	35	13.24	+	10	14	24.2
H III 1†	41	theta	Ori	05353-0523	STF 748	AB	11/11/1776	1831	2009	117	31	30	1	8.5	7.8	-0.7	6.55	7.49	0.94	O7 B1V	5	35	15.82	–	5	23	14.3	Trium contiguarum in longo ensis media [Middle of three in the long sword]. Quadruple. It is the small telescopic Trapezium in the Nebula. Considerably unequal. The most southern star of the following side of the Trapezium is the largest; the star on the opposite corner is the smallest; the remaining two are nearly equal. L. pale r.; the star preceding L. inclined to garnet; following L. inclined to garnet; opposite to L. d. With 460, the stars are all full, round and well-defined. (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)	The other pair is H III 14, listed above. With his 6" telescope, Herschel could have but did not see the fifth and sixth stars of the Trapezium, both v.mag. ±11.5, probably due to the contrast reduction produced by the background nebular glow.
H III 12	44	iota	Ori	05354-0555	STF 752	AB	10/7/1779	1779	2009	70	134	138	4	12.5	10.8	-1.7	2.90	7.00	4.10	O9III	5	35	25.98	–	5	54	35.6	Trium contiguarum in ense austrina [Southern of the three together in the sword]. Treble. It is the following or largest of the two iota's. One is L.; the other two are extremely small. L. w.; the other two both dusky r.
H II 26	near 42		Ori	05355-0422	STF 750		10/23/1780	1831	2007	37	59	60	1	4.3	4.2	-0.1	6.43	8.39	1.96	B2.5IV	5	35	31.07	–	4	21	50.6	In longo ensis [In the long sword]. Double. It is the most north of three telescopic stars in a line at the end of a cluster near c. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d.
H I 70	near 123	zeta	Tau	05364+2200	STF 742		11/13/1782	1826	2009	199	248	274	26	3.0	4.1	1.1	7.09	7.47	0.38	F8	5	36	26.12	+	21	59	35.4	A very pretty double star. Near 1 degree n. preceding zeta Tauri towards Capella; the corner of a rhomboid made up of zeta, this, and two more, and opposite to zeta. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. a little deeper r.
H III 13	44	iota	Ori	05366-0604	STF 754		10/7/1779	1830	2002	14	288	288	0	5.2	5.3	0.1	5.71	9.24	3.53	B1V	5	36	35.69	–	6	3	53.1	Trium contiguarum in ense austrina [Southern of the three together in the sword]. Double-Treble. It is the preceding or smallest of the two iota's. The preceding set (forming a triangle) consists of three equal stars. All dusky r. The following set (forming an arch) consists of three stars of different sizes. The middle star is the largest; that to the south is also pretty large; and the third is very small. L. w.; l. w.; S. pale r.
H III 111	near 46	epsilon	Ori	05381-0011	STF 758	CD	9/20/1783	1831	2006	31	298	298	0	11.1	11.2	0.1	8.69	8.52	0.17		5	38	9.90	–	0	11	1.1	Treble. About 1-1/4 degree n. following epsilon, toward alpha Orionis. The two nearest of the third class.
H II 10	48	sigma1	Ori	05386-0233	STF 761	BC	10/7/1779	1819	2008	32	266	270	4	8.5	8.7	0.2	8.39	8.55	0.16		5	38	34.79	–	2	34	15.7	Ultimam cinguli præcedit ad austrum [South preceding the last in the belt]. A double-treble star, or two sets of treble stars, almost singularly situated. Preceding set. The two nearest equal; the third larger and, compared with either of the former two, pretty unequal.
H III 64	26		Aur	05386+3030	STF 753	AB-C	9/5/1782	1783	2008	69	273	268	5	13.4	12.2	-1.2	5.46	8.41	2.95	A6V	5	38	38.10	+	30	29	32.8	In dextri cruris involucro [in the right]. Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. r.
H II 11	48	sigma2	Ori	05387-0236	STF 762	AB-C	10/7/1779	1831	2008	39	235	239	4	11.6	10.9	-0.7	3.73	8.79	5.06		5	38	44.77	–	2	36	0.2	[Following set]. The two nearest very unequal. The largest of the two and the farthest considerably unequal. L. w.; S. blueish. A pretty object with 227.
H IV 21	50	zeta	Ori	05407-0157	STF 774	AC	10/10/1780	1781	2006	25	7	10	3	60.0	58.0	-2.0	1.88	9.55	7.67		5	40	45.52	–	1	56	33.3	Trium in cingulo sequens [Following of three in the belt]. Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 25", PA = 7°]	The location and position angle match exactly, but the separation (rho) is far out of class, possibly a calculation error. A lovely triple system, zeta Orionis also has a magnitude 3.7 companion, 2.5" distant at PA = 168°.
H N 75	near 26		Aur	05413+2929	STF 764		11/13/1790	1797	2008	44	20	14	6	30.7	25.7	-5.0	6.38	7.08	0.70	B8IV	5	41	20.98	+	29	29	14.7	980 Sweep. Double, equal, both 7 m. 26 Aurigæ f. 2' 47", s. 1° 0'.
H V 50	13	gamma	Lep	05445-2227	H V 50	BC	10/22/1781	1781	1999	5	300	8	68	40.0	112.5	72.5	6.28	11.37	5.09	K2V	5	44	26.53	–	22	25	18.6	In posterioribus pedibus austrina [In the southern hind legs]. Double. Considerably unequal. [Rho = ±40"]	A rapidly widening pair, meriting more frequent observation. For another component of this multiple system, see H VI 40.
H VI 40	13	gamma	Lep	05445-2227	H VI 40	AB	2/21/1781	1800	2008	41	348	348	0	95.8	95.6	-0.2	3.64	6.28	2.64	F6V K2V	5	44	27.79	–	22	26	54.2	Double. [Rho = ±150"]	Discrepant separation estimate. For another component of this multiple system, see H V 50.
H II 61	near 47	omega	Ori	05447+0350	STF 788	AB	10/2/1782	1831	1999	18	88	89	1	7.2	7.5	0.3	7.61	10.05	2.44	B9	5	44	43.46	+	3	49	53.1	Treble. About 1-1/2 degree s. following omega in a line parallel to phi and alpha Orionis; the smallest and most south of three forming an arch. The two nearest extremely unequal. L. dw.; S. a mere point. The two farthest extremely unequal. S. a mere point. Of the fourth class.
H I 20	52		Ori	05480+0627	STF 795		10/1/1781	1824	2008	165	201	219	18	1.7	1.1	-0.6	5.99	6.03	0.04	A5V	5	48	0.21	+	6	27	14.5	In dextro humero Orionis [In Orion's right upper arm]. Double. A little unequal. Both w. a little inclinding to pale r.
H V 21	29	tau	Aur	05492+3911	H V 21	AC	9/26/1780	1877	2000	10	33	36	3	47.9	52.3	4.4	4.52	11.60	7.08	G8III	5	49	10.46	+	39	10	52.1	Double, [Rho] about 30".	Note here, at H V 90 and elsewhere how far Herschel was able to push the magnitude limit of his 6.5" instrument, despite the low reflectivity of its speculum mirror.
H I 67	near	M37	Aur	05499+3147	STF 796	AB	11/4/1782	1827	2008	48	50	62	12	3.5	3.7	0.2	7.24	8.23	0.99	A3	5	49	55.53	+	31	47	8.7	Nebulam pedem dextrum sequentem, præcedens [Preceding the nebula following the right foot]. Double. About 55' from the 37th Nebula of M. MESSIER; the largest and most preceding of two stars. Very unequal. Both pr.
H IV 125	29		Cam	05506+5655	H IV 125	AB	4/2/1783	1831	2005	15	138	128	10	18.0	26.5	8.5	6.54	10.43	3.89	A4IV-V	5	50	33.87	+	56	55	8.1	Double. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 22", PA = 138°]
H V 90	32	nu	Aur	05515+3909	H V 90		9/5/1782	1782	2003	8	208	206	2	53.7	55.9	2.2	3.97	11.40	7.43	K0III	5	51	29.39	+	39	8	54.5	In dextri brachii ancone [In the right forearm]. Double. Excessively unequal. L. orange w.; S. r. [Rho = 54", PA = 208°] S. not visible till after some minutes' attention.
H IV 98	near 58	alpha	Ori	05549+0702	STF 817		10/29/1782	1830	2004	32	72	73	1	18.5	18.8	0.3	8.68	8.93	0.25	A5+K	5	54	51.96	+	7	1	53.8	Double. About 1/2 degree preceding alpha, towards zeta Orionis. Equal. Both r. [Rho = ±18"]
H VI 39	58	alpha	Ori	05552+0724	H VI 39	AE	10/10/1780	1786	2000	10	152	154	2	161.8	176.4	14.6	0.90	11.00	10.10		5	55	10.29	+	7	24	25.3	In dextro humero lucida rutilans [The brightest in the right shoulder]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. r. but not deep; S. d. [Rho = 162", PA = 152°]
H V 100	59		Ori	05584+0150	H V 100	AB	10/4/1782	1782	2008	15	205	206	1	37.3	36.5	-0.8	5.91	10.44	4.53	A5m	5	58	24.44	+	1	50	13.6	Double. The following of two. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. a point requiring some attention to be seen. [Rho = 37", PA = 205°]
H VI 88	34	beta	Aur	05595+4457	H VI 88	AB	3/5/1782	1782	1998	13	36	42	6	169.1	186.9	17.8	1.90	10.86	8.96	A2IV	5	59	31.77	+	44	56	50.8	In dextro humero [In the right shoulder]. Double. Extremely or excessively unequal. L. fine bluish w.; S. d. [Rho = 169", PA = 36°] A third farther off. Very unequal. [PA = ±45°]
H V 89	37	theta	Aur	05597+3713	STT 545	AC	9/5/1782	1782	2007	23	286	300	14	35.0	55.2	20.2	2.60	10.70	8.10	A0pSi	5	59	43.24	+	37	12	45.9	In dextro carpo [On the right wrist]. Double. Excessively unequal. L. fine w.; S. reddish. [Rho = 35", PA = 286°] A third star in view.	For another component of this double system, see H VI 34.
H VI 34	37	theta	Aur	05597+3713	STT 545	AD	9/26/1780	1840	2002	14	351	351	0	123.3	135.3	12.0	2.60	10.10	7.50	A0pSi	5	59	43.24	+	37	12	45.9	In dextro carpo [In the right wrist]. Double. [Rho = ±150"]	For another component of this double system, see H V 89.
H V 91	near 34	beta	Aur	06003+4436	H V 91	AC	9/5/1782	1783	2010	18	315	345	30	30.0	35.6	5.6	6.35	10.28	3.93		6	0	18.92	+	44	35	31.6	In dextro humero [On the right shoulder]. Double. Near 1/2 degree s. following beta, in a line from the 27th continued through beta Aurigæ; a considerable star. Very or extremely unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 30", PA = 315°]	WDS incorrectly catalogs this star as H 6 91, and has been notified of the error.
H IV 48	near 1	H	Gem	06011+2320	H IV 48	AB	2/6/1782	1783	2009	9	259	260	1	31.3	31.6	0.3	8.31	10.68	2.37	B2III:e	6	1	5.86	+	23	20	20.3	Quintuple. In the form of a cross. About 2/3 degree n. preceding H Geminorum, in a line parallel to the 65th Orionis and zeta Tauri; the middle of three. The two nearest or preceding of the five extremely unequal. [Rho = 20", PA = 263°] The last of the three, in the short bar of the cross, has an excessively obscure star near it of the third class. Five more in view, differently dispersed about the quintuple.	Separation discrepant.
H I 57	near 70/67	[xi/nu]	Ori	06085+1358	STF 848	AB	10/12/1782	1825	2005	68	110	110	0	2.8	2.6	-0.2	7.28	8.15	0.87	B1V B2V	6	8	30.36	+	13	58	15.8	Multiple. In a spot which appears nebulous in the finder, and is about 50' from the 67th, and 45' from the 70th Orionis. More than 12 stars in view with 460; among them is a double star. The largest of the base of an isosceles triangle, n. preceded by four stars in a line. Considerably unequal.
H VI 114	near 69		Ori	06103+1554	H VI 114		1/9/1783	1903	2002	13	108	107	1	54.7	54.3	-0.4	7.16	10.35	3.19	G5	6	10	15.45	+	15	54	23.3	Double. About 1/2 degree s. preceding the 69th, nearly towards lambda Orionis. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 91", PA = 112°]
H III 82	41		Aur	06116+4843	STF 845		11/6/1782	1783	2008	128	350	0	10	8.5	8.2	-0.3	6.16	6.86	0.70	A1V A6V	6	11	36.59	+	48	42	39.6	A pretty double star. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S grey inclining to r.
H VI 72	near 68		Ori	06120+1947	H VI 72	AB	1/30/1782	1895	2002	14	216	205	11	85.3	89.9	4.6	5.74	9.36	3.62		6	12	1.34	+	19	47	26.1	In fuste [In the club]. Double. The most n. of two that are 1 degree asunder. Very unequal. L. w.; S. dr. [Rho = 73", PA = 229°]
H V 23	near	f	Ori	06171+1551	H V 23	AB	10/10/1780	1903	2006	8	229	230	1	44.6	43.9	-0.7	7.27	10.59	3.32	B8II	6	17	6.29	+	15	51	2.1	Double. It is a star following f. [Rho = ±40"]	The stars f1 (69) Orionis and f2 (72) Orionis have identical declination (+16.1°).
H V 55	near 12		Gem	06194+2316	H V 55		1/30/1782	1893	2000	5	58	59	1	62.4	62.2	-0.2	7.01	10.30	3.29	B1III	6	19	22.52	+	23	16	28.2	In pede II præcedentis sinistro [In the left foot of the preceding Twin]. Treble. a small star near the place of the 12th Geminorum. The two nearest a little unequal. [Rho < 60"]	Doubtful attribution. There are several candidate systems close by. The WDS does not describe 12 Geminorum as a triple system, and Herschel states the system he means is "near the place".
H III 29	8		Mon	06238+0436	STF 900	AB	2/15/1781	1781	2009	77	29	30	1	12.5	12.2	-0.3	4.42	6.64	8.26	A5IV F5V	6	23	46.10	+	4	35	34.2	In naribus Monoceros [In the Unicorn's nose]. Double.	Fortin's iconography identifies 8 Monocerotis and a spurious star inserted north of it.
H IV 80	near 2	beta	CMa	06244-1613	S 518		9/30/1782	1798	2007	22	90	88	2	16.7	16.5	-0.2	6.98	8.40	1.42	A6V	6	24	21.15	–	16	13	28.4	Double. About 1-3/4 degree n. of beta Canis majoris towards the 11th Monocerotis; the most n. of two. Considerably unequal. [Rho = 18", PA = 88°]
H VI 23			Lyn	06247+5940	STTA 72	AC	8/7/1780	1874	2008	17	322	323	1	134.4	134.3	-0.1	7.58	7.58	0.00		6	24	43.95	+	59	40	10.4	In naribus Lyncis [In the nose of the Lynx]. Double. [Rho = ±120"]	Doubtful attribution. Several binaries are in this area, but the identification is to the separation best matching Herschel's 2' rough estimate, and the equal magnitude pair is visually striking in its field.
H III 43	In sinistro anteriore pede		Mon	06267-0731	STF 914		10/20/1781	1825	2007	28	295	298	3	30.0	21.1	-8.9	6.32	9.25	2.93	A0Vn	6	26	44.85	–	7	30	43.0	[In the left front foot.] Double. It is the most south of two telescopic stars preceding the treble star. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d.	The treble star: see H II 17 & H I 10.
H VI 102	5		Lyn	06268+5825	S 514	AC	11/13/1782	1782	2009	26	272	273	1	88.3	92.3	4.0	5.38	7.92	2.54	K4III	6	26	48.88	+	58	25	2.7	Double. The largest of a small triangle. Very unequal. L. r.; S. garnet. [Rho = 88", PA = 272°]
H V 52	15		Gem	06278+2047	SHJ 70	AB	12/27/1781	1782	2010	49	210	203	7	32.7	25.5	-7.2	6.65	8.18	1.53	K2III	6	27	46.58	+	20	47	22.6	Double. The second star from nu towards mu Geminorum. Pretty unequal. L. r.; S. b. [Rho = ±35"]
H V 14	[10]		Mon	06280-0446	BUP 89	AB	12/5/1779	1832	2002	7	225	257	32	72.0	77.0	5.0	5.06	9.20	4.14	B2V	6	27	57.57	-	4	45	43.7	Multiple. It is a spot over the right fore-foot; 4 or 5 small stars within one [arc] minute.	Superseding the WDS attribution H V 14, identifying HIP 28809, a star about 24' to the west in a relatively bare field. The Atlas Cœlestis iconography indicates 10 Monocerotis, in NGC 2232, which exactly matches the description of the field, although the separation is slightly too large for this class.
H II 89	near 12		Mon	06282+0516	STF 915	AB	3/26/1783	1822	2007	30	37	42	5	5.9	6.0	0.1	7.60	8.52	0.92	A1p	6	28	13.96	+	5	16	20.1	Double. About 1 degree n. preceding the 12th Monocerotis, in a line parallel to alpha and lambda Orionis; the smallest and most north of two. Considerably unequal. L. r.; S. bluish r.
H II 17*	11	[beta]	Mon	06288-0702	STF 919	AB	12/5/1779	1823	2009	121	130	127	3	7.6	6.6	-1.0	4.62	5.00	0.38	B3Ve B3ne	6	28	49.07	–	7	1	59.0	In sinistro anteriore pede [In the Unicorn's left front foot]. Double. See the tenth star in the first class [H I 10]. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	A fine triple system, known as "Herschel's Wonder Star".
H I 10	11	[beta]	Mon	06288-0702	STF 919	BC	12/5/1779	1823	2009	134	103	100	3	3.3	2.9	-0.4	5.00	5.32	0.32	B3Ve B3e	6	28	49.42	–	7	2	4.0	In sinistro anteriore pede Monocerotis [In the left front foot of the Unicorn]. A curious treble star; may appear double at first sight; but with some attention we see that one of them is again double. The first, or single star, is the largest; the other two are both smaller, and almost equal, but the preceding of them is rather larger than the following. They are all w. As perfect as I have seen this treble star with 460, it is one of the most beautiful sights in the heavens; but requires a very fine evening.	Herschel's discovery date probably should be 1780, or this discovery is out of sequence. For the second, wider companion, see H II 17.
H III 98	Ad Genam		Mon	06305+0420	STF 920	AB	1/13/1783	1829	1999	16	209	212	3	9.3	9.4	0.1	7.35	10.24	2.89	B2IV-V	6	30	29.22	+	4	19	56.8	[In the knee.] Double. about 2/3 degree s. preceding the most s. of a cluster of six telescopics [stars] in the place of the 12th, in a line parallel to the 15th and 12th Monocerotis. Excessively unequal.
H N 111	near 18	nu	Gem	06307+2025	H N 111	AB	10/16/1795	1894	1997	5	167	168	1	42.6	42.9	0.3	8.15	11.85	3.70	A0	6	30	40.72	+	20	25	17.4	Review. About 25 or 30' nf. 18 (nu) Geminorum. A very small star, double, 5th class. L. r. S. d., very unequal, or rather extremely unequal. Position 3 rev. +20 –7 for zero = 77° 12' sf.
H N 2	near 15		Mon	06312+1115	STF 921		3/11/1784	1825	2007	36	5	3	2	16.9	16.1	-0.8	6.12	9.09	2.97	B2V:nne	6	31	9.56	+	11	15	5.0	162 Sweep. A double star preceding the head of Monoceros, not in Flamsteed, a very considerable star. 15 Monocerotis p. 10' 30", n. 1° 12'. — (682 Sweep. 1/11/1787) Double. 75 (l) Orionis f. 14' 3", n. 1° 24'.
H III 75	Ad Genam		Mon	06317+0546	STF 926	AB	10/4/1782	1829	2007	38	287	288	1	10.7	10.8	0.1	7.23	8.62	1.39	A1p	6	31	40.54	+	5	46	8.8	Double. About 1 degree n. of, and a little preceding the six telescopics [stars] in the place of the 12th, in a line parallel to the 12th Monocerotis and mu Geminorum.	See H II 37. The "six telescopics" here form a cluster with 12 Mon, but are not the "six in pairs" below 15 Mon.
H VI 65			Mon	06319+0457	SLE 293	AI	10/22/1781	1899	2002	11	234	235	1	64.3	64.2	-0.1	6.79	9.39	2.60	O6fVe	6	31	55.52	+	4	56	34.3	In capite [In the head]. Multiple. It is one star with at least 12 all around it, all within the field of my telescope.	Doubtful attribution. The head of Monoceros includes the triangular area bounded by 17, 15 and 8 Monocerotis. Within that area, the most remarkable concentration of stars is around 12 Mon: SLE 293 comprises several pairs within the 6th class category, and the AI pair is both the narrowest and the brightest.
H II 37	In capite Monocerotis [near 12? Mon]		Mon	06321+0458	H II 37	AB	10/22/1781	1903	2009	12	82	82	0	5.1	5.4	0.3	8.86	9.30	0.44	A3V	6	32	7.33	+	4	58	16.1	[In the Unicorn's head.] Double. It is one of a cluster of six telescopic stars, arranged in pairs.	WDS assigns the label H II 37 to a star near 12 Mon (within the Rosette Nebula), but the row of six paired stars just south of 15 Monocerotis, in the Christmas Tree cluster, also fits the description, and contains a delightful and delicate 9th magnitude double, in addition to the triple H III 46 just north. (In Fortin's 1776 edition of Flamsteed's Atlas Cœlestis, 12 Mon is under the chin, 15 Mon is behind the ear.)
H IV 28	near [20]	gamma	Gem	06323+1747	STF 924	AB	3/13/1781	1755	2008	99	218	211	7	20.0	19.9	-0.1	6.31	6.88	0.57	F8III	6	32	18.52	+	17	47	3.4	Double. It is near gamma towards zeta Tauri. A little unequal. Both r. [rho = 20", PA = 213°.]	The position angle and separation identify 20 Geminorum (rho = 20", PA 218, v.mag. difference 0.6), about 2 degrees north preceding; it is duplicated as H IV 46.
H N 141	near 18	nu	Gem	06327+2053	HJ 2320		12/7/1801	1830	2005	12	327	323	4	9.0	9.7	0.7	8.45	10.79	2.34	G5	6	32	40.45	+	20	53	13.9	Review. Double, 2d class. It is 1° 20' nf. 18 (nu) Geminorum, in a line parallel to gamma and epsilon. Equal; or the preceding perhaps the smallest.
H V 71	near 24	gamma	Gem	06332+1719	ARN 103		4/15/1782	1896	2008	5	60	61	1	50.1	50.4	0.3	9.20	10.00	0.80		6	33	13.93	+	17	19	7.9	Double. Three or four minutes n. preceding gamma Geminorum. Of the Vth Class. More in view.	There are only two candidates within 10' north preceding gamma Geminorum that are within the class and have companions brighter than magnitude 12: FOX 147 (magnitude 6.2) and ARN 103 (magnitude 9.2). Given the description of this star at the duplicate entry (H VI 91), I've chosen the fainter pair. It's possible that Herschel meant an optical pair uncatalogued in WDS in this area where there are "more in view".
H V 112*	near	mu	Gem	06341+2207	S 524	AB	12/1/1782	1777	2002	30	244	244	0	47.0	53.3	6.3	7.17	7.41	0.24	A3	6	34	7.10	+	22	7	27.2	Double. Forms almost an isoceles triangle with mu and nu Geminorum. Nearly equal. The preceding pr. the following wr. Distance Vth Class far.	Doubtful attribution: does the described triangle precede or follow mu and nu, and are these the base or one of the sides? Many candidate stars are in the area. The attribution relies primarily on the satisfactory position, wide separation — and the many duplications between the South and Herschel V catalogs.
H IV 81	6	nu[1]	CMa	06364-1840	SHJ 73		9/30/1782	1800	2007	34	256	264	8	19.0	17.5	-1.5	5.79	7.38	1.59		6	36	22.85	–	18	39	35.6	In dextro genu [In the right knee]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. [Rho = 18", PA = 270°]
H II 60	near 5	xi	CMa	06367-2237	H II 60	AB	9/30/1782	1835	1999	16	327	336	9	15.0	9.2	-5.8	6.39	9.31	2.92	B5V	6	36	41.07	–	22	36	53.1	Double. About 1/2 degree n. following the 2d and xi, in a line from the 4th continued through the 5th Canis majoris nearly. Very unequal.	Far out of the class, but a rapidly changing system catalogued and measured 50 years after Herschel's discovery.
H N 60	near 50		Aur	06368+4108	STF 933		3/4/1788	1829	2004	18	75	75	0	25.5	25.7	0.2	8.59	9.04	0.45	A2	6	36	47.30	+	41	8	7.1	813 Sweep. Double, 4th class, equal, from sp. to nf. [ PA < 90°] 50 Aurigæ p. 2' 21", s. 1° 23'.
H I 84	near 50	[psi2]	Aur	06387+4135	STF 941	AB	3/18/1783	1783	2007	83	76	83	7	2.0	1.9	-0.1	7.25	8.17	0.92	B9	6	38	40.76	+	41	34	53.4	Double. Near 1 degree s. of the 50th Aurigae, in a line parallel to beta and theta. Very unequal. L. r.; S. dr.
H III 46	In constellatione		Mon	06410+0954	STF 950	AC	10/22/1781	1827	2009	38	15	16	1	15.0	17.0	2.0	4.66	9.90	5.24	O7Ve	6	40	58.66	+	9	53	44.7	[In the constellation Monoceros.] Double. It is the star following the tip of the ear.	The tip of the ear is just west of the triple star 15 Monocerotis. See also H II 37.
H III 114	near 16		Mon	06412+0859	STF 953		1/23/1784	1830	2007	39	331	330	1	7.6	7.2	-0.4	7.10	7.66	0.56	F5	6	41	9.41	+	8	59	5.0	Double. About 1-1/4 degree n. preceding the 16th.
H N 103	near 15		Mon	06412+0928	STF 954	AB	2/25/1794	1829	2009	15	154	153	1	12.7	12.9	0.2	7.15	10.23	3.08	B2III:	6	41	9.60	+	9	27	57.5	Journal. 1/2 degree south of the 15th Monocerotis; double, a pretty considerable star, very unequal, 3d class far.	A complex system of at least 5 9th or 10th mag. companions scattered out to as far as 260".
H VI 73	27	epsilon	Gem	06439+2508	S 533		2/2/1782	1825	2002	19	93	95	2	111.6	110.6	-1.0	3.14	9.64	6.50	G8I	6	43	55.93	+	25	7	52.0	In boreali genu præcedentis II [In the northern knee of the preceding Twin]. Double. L. w. [Rho = 111"]
H I 6	12		Lyn	06462+5927	STF 948	AB	8/7/1780	1780	2009	381	181	71	110	1.5	1.9	0.4	5.44	6.00	0.56	A3V	6	46	14.15	+	59	26	30.1	Quæ infra oculum Lyncis [Somewhat under the eye of the Lynx]. A curious treble star. Two nearest pretty unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to rose colour. The first and third considerably unequal; second and third pretty unequal. The third pale r.	Fortin's iconography omits either 12 or 14 Lyncis. For the other companion, see H III 22.
H III 22	12		Lyn	06462+5927	STF 948	AC	8/7/1780	1782	2009	238	303	308	5	9.4	8.9	-0.5	5.44	7.05	1.61	A3V	6	46	14.15	+	59	26	30.1	Quæ infra oculum Lyncis [Somewhat under the eye of the Lynx]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. pale r. See the sixth star in the first class [H I 6].	Either 12 or 14 Lyn is missing in Fortin's Atlas. For the other companion, see H I 6.
H V 107	56	[phi5]	Aur	06467+4335	SHJ 75	AB	11/6/1782	1782	2009	48	17	45	28	53.0	28.4	-24.6	5.31	8.65	3.34	G0V	6	46	44.34	+	43	34	37.3	Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. pr. [Rho = 53", PA 17°]
H II 72	near 13		Lyn	06482+5542	STF 958	AB	11/13/1782	1821	2007	112	256	256	0	5.1	4.4	-0.7	6.28	6.34	0.06	dF5 dF6	6	48	12.23	+	55	42	16.0	A pretty double star. About 1-1/4 degree s. of the 13th Lyncis, towards theta Geminorum; a considerable star. Nearly unequal. Both pr.
H II 71	near 58		Aur	06500+4100	H II 71	AB	11/6/1782	1893	1998	4	48	48	0	8.2	8.4	0.2	8.99	10.40	1.41	A0	6	48	20.84	+	41	5	2.9	Multiple. About 3/4 degree s. of the 58th Aurigae, in a line parallel to beta and theta. A cluster of stars containing a double star of the second, and one of the third class. That of the second very unequal. Both r. The two double stars are in the following side of a small telescopic trapezium.
H V 108	near 13	kappa	CMa	06504-3142	H V 108	A-BC	11/6/1782	1783	1999	15	67	66	1	42.9	42.7	-0.2	5.76	7.71	1.95	B6Vnpe	6	50	23.34	–	31	42	21.8	Double. About 3/4 degree n. of kappa Canis majoris. A little unequal. L. dw.; S. d. [Rho = 43", PA = 67°]
H IV 102	59		Aur	06530+3852	STF 974	AB	11/6/1782	1782	1998	21	217	224	7	23.5	22.2	-1.3	6.14	10.20	4.06	F2Ve	6	53	1.41	+	38	52	8.9	Double. The apex of an isosceles triangle. Very or extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. [Rho = 24", PA = 220°]
H III 47	38	e	Gem	06546+1311	STF 982	AB	12/27/1781	1782	2009	293	180	146	34	8.0	7.4	-0.6	4.75	7.80	3.05	F0Vp	6	54	38.59	+	13	10	40.9	In calce [At the foot of Gemini]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. r. Two more in view, the nearest of them perhaps 40"; they form a rectangle nearly.
H V 65	17	pi	CMa	06550-2024	H V 65	AB	3/3/1782	1783	2002	18	154	148	6	44.9	43.5	-1.4	5.80	8.66	2.86	A3IV	6	55	2.74	–	20	24	17.5	In pectore [In the breast]. Treble. The two nearest very unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 45", PA = 154°] The two farthest very or extremely unequal. S. r. Distance Vth Class. [PA = ±185] The three stars form a rectangle, the hypotenuse of which contains the largest and smallest.
H N 123	near 15	pi1	CMa	06556–2008	H N 123		1/30/1799	1876	2003	15	18	13	5	11.3	11.6	0.3	4.60	9.60	5.00	gF2	6	55	37.40	–	20	8	11.7	1089 Sweep. 8 m. Double, a very small star. Position directly north. 2d class, extremely unequal. 15 (pi1) Canis majoris f. 2'1", n. 0° 5'.
H VI 9*	43	zeta	Gem	07041+2034	SHJ 77	AC	10/7/1779	1779	2008	46	351	347	4	91.9	101.3	9.4	4.05	7.66	3.61	F7-G3Ib	7	4	6.54	+	20	34	13.1	In sinistro genu sequentis II [In the left knee of the following Twin]. Double. Very unequal. L. reddish w.; S. dusky r. [Rho = 92", PA = 351°]
H I 69	near 19		Lyn	07057+5245	STF 1009	AB	11/13/1782	1782	2007	147	167	148	19	3.5	4.4	0.9	6.87	7.01	0.14	A3Vs	7	5	39.83	+	52	45	31.3	In Lyncis pectore [In the chest of the Lynx]. Double. About 3 degrees s. preceding the 19th Lyncis, in a line drawn from the 19th Lyncis to tau Aurigae; the 24th and 19th Lyncis also point to it nearly: in a very clear evening it may just be seen with the naked eye. A little unequal. Both rw.	The integrated magnitude of the two stars is 6.19.
H N 94	near 55	delta	Gem	07128+2121	STT 168	AB	1/8/1793	1868	2003	8	67	65	2	22.7	27.4	4.7	7.70	11.80	4.10	G5	7	12	46.32	+	21	21	9.3	Review. 55 (delta) Geminorum, 6 m. One double towards 43 (zeta). — (Review. 3/25/1795) Sp. delta Geminorum, near 2° in a line parallel to 60 [iota] and 27 (epsilon) Geminorum. Double, with a third star near. About the 4th class.	The identified star is exactly 2° preceding and 40' south of 55 (delta) Geminorum, roughly halfway to zeta on a line between them. A triple system: the 11.3 mag. second companion is at rho = 54", PA =111°.
H VI 74	51		Gem	07134+1610	H VI 74	AB	2/2/1782	1896	1997	9	20	19	1	148.0	150.8	2.8	5.26	11.99	6.73	M4IIIab	7	13	22.27	+	16	9	32.6	Has two very obscure stars in view. L. r.; S. r. S. r. The nearest about 1-1/2, the next 2 minutes. [PA both = ±45°]	The 10.8 magnitude C component lies at a 200" distance.
H I 76	In pectore Lyncis		Lyn	07148+5233	STF 1033	AB	1/23/1783	1829	2006	41	282	276	6	1.4	1.6	0.2	7.81	8.44	0.63	F0	7	14	48.05	+	52	32	44.1	In pectore Lyncis [In the chest of the Lynx]. Double. Not easy to be found. A line from the 19th Lyncis to upsilon Geminorum crossed by one from theta Ursae majoris to epsilon Aurigae, points out a star but just visible in a fine evening; it is perhaps about three degrees from the 19th Lyncis; then that star is found, we have the double star about 1 degree n. following the same, in a line parallel to tau Geminorum and the 19th Lyncis. Considerably unequal. Both ash w.
H II 27	55	delta	Gem	07201+2159	STF 1066		3/13/1781	1781	2009	239	184	226	42	6.5	5.6	-0.9	3.55	8.18	4.63	A9III K3V	7	20	7.39	+	21	58	56.4	In inguine sinistro sequentis II [In the left lower stomach of the following Twin]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. r. Position 85° 51' s. preceding [PA = 184°].
H N 61	20		Lyn	07223+5009	STF 1065		3/9/1788	1822	2005	84	250	255	5	16.1	14.9	-1.2	7.51	7.67	0.16	A6II	7	22	15.11	+	50	8	55.7	815 Sweep. 20 Lyncis, double, equal, sp. to nf. 8.8 m. 4th class.
H III 83	19		Lyn	07229+5517	STF1062	AB	11/13/1782	1782	2007	81	317	315	2	14.1	14.8	0.7	5.76	6.71	0.95	B8V B9V	7	22	52.06	+	55	16	53.3	Double. A little unequal. L. rw.; S. bw.
H IV 95	near 25		Mon	07240-0359	STF 1084		10/19/1782	1827	2003	22	290	285	5	12.0	14.9	2.9	7.20	10.00	2.80	K0	7	24	1.28	–	3	58	44.0	Quadruple. About 2-1/2 degrees preceding, and a little n. of the 25th Monocerotis. Two large stars always to be seen, and two more only visible in dark nights. The smallest of the two large ones has an obscure star following; extremely unequal. [Rho = ±20"]	Dreyer's note: "IV.95 is very probably = STF 1084." Herschel does not provide positional measurements sufficient to decide either way: but STF 1084 is almost 3-1/2° following 26 Mon.
H III 48	near 61	r	Gem	07256+2030	STF 1083		12/27/1781	1781	2008	97	46	47	1	6.3	6.8	0.5	7.32	8.13	0.81	A5	7	25	35.30	+	20	29	42.6	Double. About 1/2 degree n. preceding r, in a line parallel to kappa and the 60th [iota] Geminorum; near two degrees from delta. A little unequal. Both pr.
H N 108	near 54	lambda	Gem	07274+1519	STF 1094		3/20/1795	1829	2008	44	96	97	1	2.4	2.5	0.1	7.58	8.52	0.94	A0V	7	27	25.99	+	15	18	59.0	Review. 2° 40' sf. 54 (lambda) Geminorum towards beta Cancri, double, 1st class, pretty unequal.
H V 66	near 63	p	Gem	07277+2208	S 548	AC	3/3/1782	1825	2007	23	276	277	1	35.6	35.5	-0.1	6.98	8.89	1.91	K5	7	27	40.54	+	22	8	29.3	Double. About 3/4 degree n. of, and a little preceding p, in a line parallel to upsilon and alpha Geminorum. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 35", PA = 272°]
H V 53	63		Gem	07277+2127	SHJ 368	AB	12/27/1781	1831	2006	9	325	324	1	50.0	43.0	-7.0	5.28	10.92	5.64	F5V	7	27	44.39	+	21	26	44.0	In inguine sequentis II [In the groin of the following Twin]. Double. The brightest of two. Extremely unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 44"]
H IV 26	19		[Pup]	07321-0853	STF 1112		2/15/1781	1831	1998	9	117	113	4	23.0	23.8	0.8	6.03	8.73	2.70	F5V	7	32	5.82	–	8	52	51.3	Double. It is a star under the ham of Monoceros's right-foot. [Rho = 25"] ("The distance 25" in my printed catalogue being estimated at random [!], I find it not right." — Herschel's footnote.)	Dreyer's note: "On Oct. 19, 1782, this object was estimated to belong to Class VI." STF 1112 fits the class and Fortin's iconography.
H N 19	near 11	e	Pup	07343–2328	H N 19		11/20/1784	1825	2007	60	105	117	12	9.0	9.7	0.7	5.82	5.85	0.03	F5/7V	7	34	18.62	–	23	28	25.2	326 Sweep. Double 2d class, both L. 11 (e) Navis p. 22' 23", s. 0° 43'. Is n. Argus in Puppi, L.C. 656.
H II 1†	66	alpha	Gem	07346+3153	STF 1110	AB	4/8/1778	1819	2010	1371	270	60	150	5.5	4.9	-0.6	1.93	2.97	1.04	A1V A2Vm	7	34	36.00	+	31	53	19.1	In capite præcedens II [In the head of the preceding Twin]. Double. A little unequal. Both w. The vacancy between the two stars, with a power of 146, is 1 diameter of S.; with 222, a little more than 1 diameter of L.; with 227, 1-1/2 diameter of S.; with 460, near 2 diameters of L.; with 754, 2 diameters of L.; with 932, full 2 diameters of L.; with 1536 (very fine and distinct) 3 diameters of L.; with 3168, the interval extremely large, and still pretty distinct. Distance by micrometer 5".156. Position 32°47' n. preceding [PA = 303°]. These are all a mean of the last two years observations, except the first with 146. (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)	The note is quoted in full to illustrate Herschel's method of measuring rho (separation) and the difficulty of interpreting his results. Herschel understood that the Airy disk was "largely spurious" but believed in some cases the actual disk of a star could be glimpsed; hence the high magnifications, which result in exit pupils of 0.10 mm at 1536x and 0.05 mm at 3168x. Herschel knew that the Airy disk changes in relative size as magnification is increased or as aperture is stopped down, a procedure he sometimes used, apparently without comment in his notes, to control the effects of poor seeing. With the methods available to him, the measurement of rho to thousandths of a second and theta to single minutes of an arc is only the numerical result of averaging two or more measures.
H II 63	near 2		[Pup]	07366-1429	STF 1121	AB	10/12/1782	1782	2007	57	300	305	5	6.5	7.3	0.8	6.92	7.30	0.38	B6V B6V	7	36	35.71	–	14	29	0.3	Multiple. Near 2 degrees preceding the 2d and 4th Navis [now Puppis]; the middle one of three. One of the multiple is double. Nearly equal. Both w. or ash colour.	Beautifully and strikingly situated inside a triangle of 7th magnitude stars within the open cluster M47.
H VI 70	70		Gem	07385+3503	BU 200	AB	12/27/1781	1876	1998	13	190	193	3	98.4	103.3	4.9	5.56	11.60	6.04	K0III	7	38	32.84	+	35	2	54.5	Supra caput prioris II [Above the head of the first (preceding) Twin]. Treble. Or two small stars in view; the nearest a little more than 1 minute; the other not much farther.	An optical pair.
H III 27	near 3		[Pup]	07388-2648	H III 27	AB	2/15/1781	1800	2009	42	325	317	8	10.5	10.2	-0.3	4.40	4.62	0.22	B6V B6V	7	38	49.88	–	26	48	14.0	Double. It is a star between eta Canis majoris and xi Navis. Equal.	Herschel's original designation by Flamsteed number was within the obsolete constellation Navis (now Puppis).
H I 23			CMi	07401+0514	STF 1126	AB	11/21/1781	1820	2008	275	130	172	42	1.3	1.1	-0.2	6.55	6.96	0.41	A0III	7	40	6.99	+	5	13	51.9	In posterioribus femoribus Canis minoris [In the rear thigh of the Lesser Dog]. A most minute double star. It is the small telescopic star following Procyon. A little unequal. Both w. To see this very minute double star well, Procyon should be near its meridian altitude. There is a small telescopic star preceding the double star.
H IV 96	near 25		Mon	07422-0331	STF 1132		10/19/1782	1783	2003	40	246	235	11	18.3	20.2	1.9	8.13	8.49	0.36	K5	7	42	12.50	–	3	31	10.4	In latere [In the side]. Double. About 1-1/4 n. following the 25th, in a line parallel to the 21st Monocerotis and Procyon. A little unequal. Both dr. [Rho = 18", PA = 246°]
H VI 42	78	beta	Gem	07453+2802	H VI 42	AC	3/13/1781	1781	1987	13	66	75	9	116.8	243.2	126.4	1.33	10.95	9.62		7	45	18.95	+	28	1	34.3	In capite sequentis II [In the head of the following Twin]. Multiple. Extremely unequal. The nearest [Rho = 116", PA = 66°]. This is the smallest. The next [Rho = 160", PA = 74°]. A third I did not measure.	Immediately after the journal entry for this star, Herschel entered his discovery of Uranus.
H IV 91	2		[Pup]	07455-1441	STF 1138	AB	10/12/1782	1782	2008	62	339	339	0	17.4	16.7	-0.7	6.00	6.73	0.73	A2V A8V	7	45	29.14	–	14	41	25.7	A pretty double star. A little unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to r. [Rho = 17", PA = 339°]	Originally located in the now defunct constellation of Navis.
H V 135	near 49		Cam	07459+6509	STF 1122		4/4/1783	1825	2005	46	184	186	2	16.2	14.9	-1.3	7.78	7.80	0.02	F2	7	45	52.47	+	65	9	28.1	Double. The smallest and most s. of two that are about 20' asunder. A little unequal. Both r. [Rho = 15", PA = 185°]	The brighter star 20' distant is 51 Camelopardali. According to Dreyer, Herschel made two measures of the separation, 15" and 38", and believed the first was in error, but that the first is the correct one. (See a similar confusion in the same sky area under H II 95.) Thus this is really a class IV star.
H II 39	near 1	[alpha]	CMi	07466+0408	STF 1137		2/2/1782	1828	2000	23	133	130	3	2.8	2.5	-0.3	7.96	9.12	1.16	F5	7	46	35.35	+	4	7	50.1	Double. About 2 degrees following Procyon, in a line from lambda Geminorum continued through Procyon. Excessively unequal. L. pr.; S. not visible with 278; with 460, more than three diameters of L. Position, by the assistance of a wall and micrometer 54° 28' s. following.	There are very few binaries in this area: STF 1137 (rho = 2.5) is south following by 2.1 degrees.
H IV 53	80	pi	Gem	07475+3325	STF 1135	AB	2/9/1782	1782	1998	17	210	215	5	21.5	19.3	-2.2	5.14	11.40	6.26	M1IIIa	7	47	30.34	+	33	24	56.8	Supra capita [Above the heads]. Double. Excessively unequal. L. garnet; S. d. Other very small stars in view. [Rho = 22", PA = ±225°]
H II 64	near 81	g	Gem	07484+1820	STF 1140		10/13/1782	1822	2006	39	270	274	4	6.4	6.4	0.0	7.01	8.65	1.64	K0III	7	48	22.61	+	18	20	12.4	Double. About 1/2 degree s. following g, in a line from zeta continued through g Geminorum nearly; the nearest and largest of the two. Very unequal. L. r.; S. bluish r.
H V 67	near	beta	Gem	07488+2855	H V 67		3/3/1782	1899	2007	7	10	11	1	49.1	50.9	1.8	9.09	10.82	1.73	K2	7	48	46.83	+	28	55	7.4	In capite sequentis II [In the head of the following Twin]. Double. Near 1 degree n. following beta, in a line from delta continued through beta Geminorum nearly; the farthest and smallest of three. Considerably unequal. L. r.; S. dr. [Rho = 48"]
H II 65	near	beta	Gem	07490+2834	STF 1144	AB	10/13/1782	1829	1998	12	358	358	0	8.0	8.1	0.1	7.94	10.33	2.39	F0	7	49	0.84	+	28	34	26.4	Double. Full 3/4 degree n. following beta, in a line from delta continued through beta Geminorum; the star next to the middle one of three, nearly in a line. Excessively unequal. L. rw.; S. d.
H III 28	near 9		[Pup]	07525-1352	H III 28		2/15/1781	1901	2003	4	195	220	25	24.0	18.8	-5.2	6.61	10.50	3.89	K2III	7	52	28.35	–	13	51	45.3	Double. It is one of two telescopic stars under Monoceros.	Herschel's original designation by Flamsteed number was within the obsolete constellation Navis (now Puppis). Separation out of the class, but attributed to Herschel in WDS.
H VI 84	14		CMi	07583+0213	SHJ 87	AB	2/9/1782	1782	2009	33	64	85	21	65.5	100.2	34.7	5.41	9.36	3.95	K0III	7	58	20.75	+	2	13	28.3	Treble. The nearest extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. d. [Rho = 65", PA = 64°] The third forms an angle, a little larger than a rectangle, with the other two. Position s. following.
H VI 75	4	omega	Cnc	08017+2505	H VI 75	AB	2/2/1782	1904	1999	3	23	26	3	45.6	45.1	-0.5	6.31	11.00	4.69	A1V	8	1	43.77	+	25	5	22.0	Ad primum borealem forficem [At the first of the northern claw]. Has a very obscure star in view. L. pr. [Rho = ±75", PA = ±30°] A third [Rho = ±120"]. Position more north.
H II 101	near 57		Cam	08025+6305	SHJ 86	AB	9/26/1783	1790	1999	21	84	81	3	46.9	51.1	4.2	6.15	7.53	1.38	G1III	8	2	30.82	+	63	5	25.2	Double. About 2 degrees n. preceding the 57th, towards the 42d Camelopardali; a considerable star near three smaller, forming an arch [triangle]. About 1 degree from the double star V. 135. Considerably unequal. Both pr.	Doubtful attribution. 57 Cam is now in Ursa Major, north preceding omicron Ursæ majoris. The reference description matches the attributed star location, magnitude difference and nearby stars, and Herschel reserves the phrase "a considerable star" for stars of 6th mag. or brighter. One problem: the separation (= class V) is grossly outside this class. The alternative, STF 1127 (rho = 5.2" in Herschel's time) is 4° n.p. 57 Cam along the same line, about 1-1/2° south of 51 Camelopardali, and magnitude 7.2. My guess is that SHJ 86 was intended, but mistakenly placed in class II on the way to press.
H IV 97	29	[zeta]	Mon	08086-0259	STF 1190	AB	10/19/1782	1782	2007	22	105	108	3	29.9	33.4	3.5	4.46	10.20	5.74	G2Ib	8	8	35.65	–	2	59	1.6	In femore [In the thigh]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. wr.; S. d. Six more in view. [Rho = 30", PA = 105°]
H I 24	16	zeta	Cnc	08122+1739	STF 1196	AB	11/21/1781	1825	2009	1156	58	38	20	1.1	1.0	-0.1	5.30	6.25	0.95	F8V	8	12	12.71	+	17	38	53.3	A most minute treble star. It will at first sight appear as only a double star, but with proper attention, and under favorable circumstances, the preceding of them will be found to consist of two stars, which are considerably unequal. The largest of these is larger than the single star; and the least of the two is less than the single star. The first and second (in order of magnitude) pretty unequal. The second and third pretty unequal. The two nearest both pale r. or r. For measures relating to the third or single star see zeta Cancri in the third class of double stars [H III 19].	Herschel often describes F stars as pale red, reddish, or inclining to red. He never uses the term "yellow", "golden" or orange to describe star color. I suspect he may have been colorblind, which would also explain why his magnitude estimates are often divergent from those of other observers or modern methods. Note that he discovered this was a triple system 18 months after first identifying it as a binary.
H III 19†	16	zeta	Cnc	08122+1739	STF 1196	AB-C	4/5/1780	1800	2010	535	159	68	91	6.5	5.9	-0.6	5.30	6.20	0.90	F8V	8	12	12.71	+	17	38	53.3	Double. Considerably unequal. L. pale r.; S. pale r. See the 24th in the first class [H I 24]. (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)	A beautiful triple system of orange stars. For the narrower companion, see H I 24.
H II 87	near 29	[zeta]	Mon	08136-0545	HJ 2435 (in M48)	AB	3/8/1783	1830	2005	14	202	206	4	3.0	7.1	4.1	10.36	10.94	0.58		8	13	43.22	–	5	45	53.6	Multiple. It makes nearly an equilateral triangle with the 29th and 30th Monocerotis towards the south. Among many, the fourth from the south end of an irregular long row is double. A little unequal. Both pr. With 227, 1 diameter of L. and 16 more in view.	Precessing Flamsteed's 1690 coordinates identifies 30 Mon as C Hyd, at the base of the tail of Fortin's illustrated unicorn. But is the binary north or south of the C Hyd+29 Mon line? Assuming it is south puts it inside open cluster M48, presumably the "multple ... among many ... 16 more in view". The attributed double points to the location, and the star intended seems obvious in the visual context.
H VI 78	near 16	zeta	Cnc	08142+1741	H VI 78	AC	2/8/1782	1894	2002	16	301	301	0	64.4	63.2	-1.2	6.40	9.20	2.80	A0Vn	8	14	11.14	+	17	40	33.3	Cancri sequitur [Following the Crab]. Double. About 1/2 degree following zeta Cancri, towards eta Leonis. Extremely unequal. [Rho = 64"]
H V 109	near	beta	Cnc	08259+0734	H V 109		11/6/1782	1782	2009	15	325	345	20	35.4	29.6	-5.8	5.22	10.23	5.01	G5II-III	8	25	54.77	+	7	33	52.2	Double. A large star not in FLAMSTEED, between beta Cancri and delta Hydræ. Excessively unequal. [Rho = 35", PA = 325°]	Incorrectly entered in WDS as H 6 109, an error propagated into the CDSA.
H VI 118	2		Hya	08265-0359	H VI 118		2/12/1783	1893	1998	8	2	6	4	72.9	78.8	5.9	5.59	9.20	3.61	A5III-IV	8	26	27.23	–	3	59	14.3	Double. Very or extremely unequal. [Rho = 72"]	Emended by Burnham from 30 Mon, which has no companion.
H II 41*	24	upsilon	Can	08267+2432	STF 1224	A-BC	2/2/1782	1783	2009	247	58	51	7	4.0	5.6	1.6	6.92	7.53	0.61	F0V F7V	8	26	39.82	+	24	32	3.7	Double. Considerably unequal. Both pr.
H II 40*	23	phi[2]	Can	08268+2656	STF 1223		2/2/1782	1782	2009	233	213	218	5	5.5	5.2	-0.3	6.16	6.21	0.05	A3V A6V	8	26	47.08	+	26	56	7.8	Double. A little unequal. Both rw.
H V 59	31	theta	Cnc	08316+1806	HJ 2452	AB	2/6/1782	1831	2009	14	61	63	2	60.0	72.2	12.2	5.35	10.00	4.65	K5III	8	31	35.72	+	18	5	39.9	In quadrilatero circa Nubem [In the square around Praesepe]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 45", PA= n. following]
H III 49	near 4	delta	Hya	08358+0637	STF 1245	AB	1/20/1782	1782	2009	86	27	25	2	12.5	10.0	-2.5	5.98	7.16	1.18	F8V G5V	8	35	51.05	+	6	37	13.9	Double. About 1-1/4 degree n. preceding delta, in a line from eta continued through delta Hydræ. Pretty unequal. L. r.; S. garnet.	The primary has at least six companion stars, mag. 9.6 or fainter, out to rho =119".
H IV 54	near 4	delta	Hya	08397+0546	STF 1255	AB	2/11/1782	1782	2006	48	31	30	1	25.7	25.9	0.2	7.33	8.56	1.23	G1V	8	39	43.70	+	5	45	54.0	Hydræ sequens [Following Hydra]. Double. About 1/2 degree following delta, towards zeta Hydræ. Pretty unequal. Both pr. S. deeper. [Rho = 26", PA = 31°]
H VI 107	near 31		Mon	08425-0830	H VI 107		12/21/1782	1893	2008	8	152	151	1	90.4	93.3	2.9	6.99	10.53	3.54	B9	8	42	30.66	–	8	29	54.7	Double. about 1-1/4 degree s. of, and a little preceding the 31st Monocerotis, in a line parallel to zeta Hydræ and the 31st Monocerotis; the most south of two. Considerably unequal. L. r.; S. deeper r. [Rho = ±90", PA = ±145°]
H VI 82	31		Mon	08437-0714	S 579	AB	2/9/1782	1824	2009	23	309	309	0	77.9	77.1	-0.8	4.72	8.20	3.48	G1Ib	8	43	40.36	-	7	14	1.4	In media cauda [In the middle of the tail]. Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. db. [Rho = 70", PA = 310°]	In Fortin's iconography, the tail of the Unicorn extends along 1, F, 15 and 17 Hydræ. F Hydræ matches Herschel's positional measurements.
H IV 118	near 48	iota	Cnc	08445+2827	STF 1266		2/5/1783	1827	2005	20	60	64	4	25.0	23.7	-1.3	8.75	9.99	1.24	F8	8	44	27.20	+	28	27	12.9	Double. Full 1/2 degree following [preceding] the 48th, in a line parallel to delta Cancri and epsilon Leonis; a very small star, next to two more which are nearer to iota. A little unequal. [Rho = 24", PA = 65°]
H IV 60	near 4	[pi2]	UMa	08460+6445	H IV 60		6/6/1782	1893	2007	5	199	206	7	37.7	25.9	-11.8	11.36	12.60	1.24		8	45	54.35	+	64	44	59.3	Double. Near 1 degree n. following the 4th, in a line parallel to omicron and h Ursæ majoris; a pretty large star. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = ±30]	Very doubtful attribution. "A pretty large star" and "extremely unequal" are two of Herschel's more reliable descriptions, and they do not match the 11th magnitude, 1.2 magnitude difference star labeled H IV 60 in WDS — so puny it was not accurately measured until 1893. I suspect a gross slip of memory or orientation here, so that Herschel mistook pi2 for a different reference star. In any case I cannot find a plausible alternative, and consider the star unidentified.
H IV 52*	48	iota	Cnc	08467+2846	STF 1268		2/8/1782	1777	2010	113	302	310	8	31.0	30.6	-0.4	4.13	5.99	1.86	G7.5IIIa	8	46	41.82	+	28	45	35.6	In boreali forfice [In the northern pincers]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. d. garnet. [Rho = 30", PA = 310°] (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H IV 111	54		Cnc	08499+1450	STF 1283		12/28/1782	1782	2009	48	119	123	4	17.2	16.7	-0.5	7.66	8.45	0.79	F0	8	49	55.86	+	14	50	0.2	Double. A little unequal. Both rw. S. a little darker. [Rho = 17", PA = 119°]
H V 120	15		Hya	08516-0711	H V 120	AB-C	12/28/1782	1782	1998	13	340	5	25	43.0	45.7	2.7	5.54	9.70	4.16	A4m	8	51	34.44	–	7	10	38.0	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 43", PA = 340°]
H VI 86	51	sigma[1]	Cnc	08526+3228	S 583	AC	3/5/1782	1825	2003	16	23	24	1	82.1	77.0	-5.1	5.66	10.20	4.54	A8sm	8	52	34.62	+	32	28	26.8	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. Position n. following.
H I 30	57		Cnc	08542+3035	STF 1291	AB	3/5/1782	1782	2008	289	338	312	26	0.9	1.5	0.6	6.09	6.37	0.28	G7III	8	54	14.70	+	30	34	45.0	Secunda ad sigma Cancri [Second after sigma Cancri]. Double. Pretty unequal. Both pr. A beautiful minute object.
H I 85	near 36		Lyn	08548+4335	STF 1289		3/24/1783	1830	2000	44	4	7	3	3.8	3.6	-0.2	8.21	8.91	0.70	G2V	8	54	44.33	+	43	35	4.7	Double. Near 1/2 degree s. following the 36th Lyncis, in a line parallel to the 31st Lyncis and n Ursae majoris; of two the nearest to the 31st Lyncis. Considerably unequal. Both w.	An "n Ursae majoris" is not listed in Flamsteed; checking Flamsteed's charts it is probable that HIP 44700 is intended. In that case there is a problem solving the instructions: the sole binary south of 36 Lyn is not on the parallel from 31 Lyn and is the farther of two stars from 31 Lyn; assuming Herschel transposed 31 and 36 in the instructions gives a binary south of 31 and closer of two to 36 that fits the catalog, but not on a parallel from 36: both binaries are at least 1° distant from the reference star, and Herschel is rarely that far off in his finder or field separation estimates. I suggest Herschel has mislabeled stars, and the directions should read: "Near 1/2 degree s. following the 35th Lyncis, in a line parallel to the 36th Lyncis and n Ursae majoris; of two the nearest to the 35th Lyncis." (STF 3120, the nearby star, is also a close binary, making a pleasing double double.)
H II 77*	17		Hya	08555-0758	STF 1295		12/28/1782	1782	2010	98	357	4	7	5.0	4.0	-1.0	6.73	6.93	0.20	A2m A7m	8	55	29.60	–	7	58	15.9	Double. The largest of two. A little unequal. Both w.
H VI 87	64	sigma[3]	Cnc	08595+3225	SHJ 100	AB	3/5/1782	1823	2002	15	296	296	0	89.5	88.9	-0.6	5.32	8.97	3.65	G8III	8	59	32.65	+	32	25	6.8	Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. dr. [Rho = 86", PA = 295°]
H VI 41	67		Cnc	09018+2754	SHJ 101		2/21/1781	1823	2005	30	322	330	8	100.3	103.7	3.4	6.08	9.22	3.14	A8V	9	1	48.84	+	27	54	9.3	Double. Very unequal. L. reddish w.; S. d. [Rho = 96", PA = 321°]
H N 30	near 72	tau	Cnc	09071+3037	AG 162		3/13/1785	1902	2007	26	108	107	1	3.5	4.0	0.5	9.78	10.09	0.31	K0	9	7	10.98	+	30	38	30.1	386 Sweep. A very small and close double star (with 240); the sweeping power made me suspect it to be nebulous. 72 (tau) Cancri f. 1' 6", n. 1° 15'.
H III 92	near 77	xi	Cnc	09074+2259	STF 1311	AB	12/28/1782	1783	2008	138	205	199	6	8.8	7.5	-1.3	6.92	7.13	0.21	F4V F5V	9	7	27.01	+	22	58	51.1	Double. About 1 degree n. preceding xi Cancri, in a line parallel to epsilon Leonis and the 41st Lyncis; a considerable star. A little unequal. Both rw.
H N 96		epsilon	Pyx	09099–3022	H N 96	A-BC	3/4/1793	1835	1999	19	143	147	4	16.5	17.7	1.2	5.59	9.90	4.31	A4IV-V	9	9	56.41	–	30	21	55.0	1033 Sweep. epsilon Pixidis Nauticalis. L.C. 831 6 m. Double, very unequal, 5th or 6th class. [PA = ±145°] L. r. S. dr. (WOLL. Cat. Zone 119° . . . .9h . . .)	A triple system: the B component has a companion at 0.3".
H III 54	near 13	sigma	UMa	09104+6708	STF 1306	AB	6/2/1782	1782	2007	212	283	351	68	8.0	4.2	-3.8	4.87	8.85	3.98	F7V	9	10	23.53	+	67	8	3.3	Secunda ad sigma UMa ... in fronte [second of sigma UMa ... in the forehead]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r.
H V 73	14	tau	UMa	09109+6331	H V 73	AB	6/11/1782	1899	2000	7	50	38	12	57.5	52.1	-5.4	4.68	10.40	5.72	Am	9	10	55.05	+	63	30	49.0	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 55", PA = 45°]
H N 79	near 14	tau	UMa	09128+6141	STF 1315		4/2/1791	1791	2000	32	22	27	5	20.3	24.7	4.4	7.33	7.65	0.32	A3IV	9	12	45.94	+	61	40	32.7	1000 Sweep. Double, 4th class, near, equal. 14 (tau) Ursæ majoris f. 2' 6", s. 1° 52.
H N 144	near 32		UMa	09137+6959	STF 1313		9/30/1802	1832	1996	49	241	281	40	0.8	1.1	0.3	9.39	9.55	0.16	G5	9	13	45.13	+	69	58	47.4	1112 Sweep. Double, 2d class. 32 Ursæ majoris of BODE's Catalogue p. 2' 3", n. 0° 8'.	Likely identification, although precessed coordinates don't match exactly and Bode's catalog is unavailable to me.
H VI 108	near 22	theta	Hya	09140+0252	H VI 108		12/28/1782	.	2010	1	269	269	.	148.0	148.0	.	7.00	8.40	1.40	K2	9	13	54.50	+	2	51	46.1	Double. About 1/2 degree n. of, and a little preceding theta, nearly in a line parallel to alpha and theta Hydræ. Very unequal. L. r.; S. blackish r. VIth Class far. [PA = ±272°] A third star preceding.	The star referred to is HIP 45299. The entry is missing from WDS, but appears as an unlabeled binary star in the Cambridge Double Star Atlas (chart 15). WDS number, positional, magnitude and spectral data from Stellarium.
H V 54	22	theta	Hya	09144+0219	HJ 2489	AB	1/20/1782	1830	2008	21	170	241	71	45.0	20.3	-24.7	3.85	9.90	6.05	B9.5V	9	14	21.86	+	2	18	51.3	In eductione cervicis [In the curve of the neck]. Double Excessively unequal. L. w.; S. a point. [Rho = ±1'], too obscure for measures, and not visible till after having looked a good while at theta. [PA = 165°]
H I 9	38		Lyn	09188+3648	STF 1334	AB	11/24/1780	1780	2009	177	244	225	19	2.0	2.6	0.6	3.92	6.09	2.17	A3V	9	18	50.67	+	36	48	10.4	In cauda Lyncis media [In the middle of the Lynx's tail]. Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r. A very fine object. A proper motion is suspected in one of the stars.
H VI 85	27		Hya	09205-0933	SHJ 105	AB	2/9/1782	1823	2002	30	211	212	1	225.7	229.1	3.4	4.91	7.03	2.12	G8III F4V	9	20	29.03	–	9	33	20.3	Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. Distance VIth Class far. [PA = ±210°]
H I 31	near 41		Lyn	09210+3643	STF 1339		3/5/1782	1828	2001	27	74	66	8	1.2	1.4	0.2	9.15	9.89	0.74	A2	9	20	58.39	+	36	43	9.6	Double. Near 1-1/4 degree n. preceding the 41st Lyncis; towards n Ursae majoris. A little unequal. Both w.
H IV 55	near [40]		Lyn	09213+3426	STF 1342	BC	3/5/1782	1783	1998	17	318	314	4	17.2	16.6	-0.6	8.80	11.10	2.30	A3	9	21	15.23	+	34	26	18.5	In caudæ fine [At the end of the tail]. Double. About 3-1/2 minutes n. following the 41st Lyncis. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. dr. [Rho = 16", PA = ±321°]	According to Wagman, 41 Lyncis is HR 3743 in Ursa Major, and this agrees with Flamsteed's precessed coordinates: it is itself a double (S 598). However the "end of the tail" in Fortin's image of the Lynx is at 38 and 40 (alpha) Lyncis; and Herschel may have believed by proximity that his reference star 41 Lyncis was HIP 47029 (see note to H IV 30). Resorting in this confusion to a brute force search of the entire area containing all possible reference stars yields STF 1342 as the best match to Herschel's magnitude description and positional measurements. It is 2.8' north following 40 Lyncis.
H II 73	21		UMa	09256+5401	STF 1346	AB	11/17/1782	1782	2003	61	307	314	7	5.0	5.7	0.7	7.69	8.59	0.90	A2V	9	25	37.88	+	54	0	57.5	Double. Very unequal. Both rw.	21 UMa identified on Millennium Star Atlas chart 580.
H VI 111	30	alpha	Hya	09276-0840	H VI 111	AB	1/8/1783	1833	2009	10	155	154	1	285.0	282.3	-2.7	1.98	9.70	7.72	K3II-III	9	27	35.25	–	8	39	31.3	Duarum contiguarum lucidior [Brighter of the two contiguous]. Has two stars within about 2 minutes; the nearest excessively unequal; the farthest extremely unequal. Both s. following.
H I 26	2	omega	Leo	09285+0903	STF 1356		2/8/1782	1783	2009	639	111	105	6	0.4	0.7	0.3	5.69	7.28	1.59	F9IV	9	28	27.41	+	9	3	24.4	Anteriorem pedem dextrum præcedens [Preceding the right front foot]. A very minute double star. Considerably unequal. Both r. With 227 there is not the least suspicion of its being double; with 460 it appears oblong, and, when perfectly distinct, we see 3/4 of the apparent diameter of a small star as it were emerged from behind a larger star; with 932 they are more cler of each other, but not separated; the focus of every power adjusted upon the 3rd and 6th Leonis.
H IV 47	3		Leo	09285+0811	H IV 47		2/9/1782	1783	2000	16	105	79	26	20.0	25.2	5.2	5.76	11.12	5.36	G9III	9	28	29.19	+	8	11	18.1	Double. Excessively unequal. L. r.; S. d.; not visible with 227. A third star in view. [Rho = 24", PA = 80°]	Position angle discrepant.
H VI 71	31	tau	Hya	09291-0246	HJ 1167		1/20/1782	1782	2009	39	359	6	7	61.7	65.6	3.9	4.64	7.28	2.64	F6V	9	29	8.84	-	2	46	8.2	Trium in flexu colli australissima [Southernmost of the three in front of the neck]. Double. Pretty unequal. L. w. inclining to rose colour. S. pr. [Rho = 62", PA = 359°]
H V 69	7		LMi	09307+3339	HJ 1166	AB	3/12/1782	1828	2004	20	135	128	7	50.0	63.2	13.2	5.97	9.66	3.69	G8III:	9	30	43.22	+	33	39	20.5	In extremo anteriore pede [At the end of the front foot]. Double. The largest of two. Extremely unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 58"]
H IV 29	23	h	UMa	09315+6304	STF 1351	AB	4/25/1781	1781	2003	47	273	269	4	19.4	23.2	3.8	3.65	9.19	5.54	F0IV	9	31	31.57	+	63	3	42.5	Duarum in collo sequens [Following of the two in the neck]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. reddish w.; S. d. [Rho = 19", PA = 273°]	The other "in the neck" is upsilon UMa.
H V 26	6	h	Leo	09320+0943	SHJ 107		2/21/1781	1781	2009	50	77	75	2	36.2	37.7	1.5	5.22	9.30	4.08	K3III	9	31	57.58	+	9	42	56.8	Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 36", PA = 77°]
H N 29	near 72	tau	Cnc	09333+2822	H N 29		3/12/1785	1840	2000	18	257	262	5	34.9	28.4	-6.5	6.53	12.08	5.55	A3Vnn	9	33	18.32	+	28	22	4.9	385 Sweep. 7 m. has a very small star just preceding, about 4th or 5th class. 72 (tau) Cancri f. 25' 36", s. 1° 5'.
H IV 30	near 43		[Lyn]	09354+3958	STF 1369	AB	5/26/1781	1831	2009	40	147	149	2	24.7	25.2	0.5	6.98	7.98	1.00		9	35	22.50	+	39	57	47.7	Præcedens ad boream [North preceding]. Double. It is the eye or nose of Leo minor. Unequal. [Rho = 25"]	Flamsteed's star placements here are very inaccurate, the reason for Herschel's uncertainty. The eye of Leo Minor is (probably) 43 Lyncis, which is not binary. STF 1369 (rho = 25") is 1-1/4° north preceding HIP 47029, the second star west of 43 Lyncis, which Herschel mistakes for 41 Lyncis. (See also the note at H IV 55.)
H V 58	7		Leo	09359+1423	H V 58		2/4/1782	1782	2007	38	81	90	9	42.4	41.0	-1.4	6.31	9.39	3.08	A1V	9	35	52.88	+	14	22	46.5	Supra pedem borealem anteriorem [Above the northern rear foot]. Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 42", PA = 81°]
H VI 76	14	omicron	Leo	09412+0954	H VI 76	AB	2/2/1782	1783	2009	21	40	48	8	63.5	95.8	32.3	3.56	10.83	7.27		9	41	9.12	+	9	53	32.6	Double. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 63", PA = 40°]
H N 20	near 15		Pup	09413–2335	H N 20		11/20/1784	1904	1998	3	292	293	1	54.7	51.9	-2.8	4.77	10.96	6.19	B6Ve	9	41	17.03	–	23	35	29.5	326 Sweep. 6 m. double, 6th class. Position directly preceding, considerably unequal. 15 Navis f. 1h 32' 3", n. 1° 2'.
H N 49	8	gamma	Sex	09525–0806	HJ 4256	AB-C	2/22/1787	1834	1999	10	314	333	19	30.0	37.6	7.6	5.05	12.28	7.23	A1V	9	52	30.47	–	8	6	17.7	704 Sweep. 8 Sextantis 5 m. Fl. 6 m. Double, 4th or 5th class, extremely unequal. Position n.p.	The B component is AC 5, mag. 6.4, rho = 0.6", PA = 50°
H V 63	near 25		Leo	09587+1058	H V 63	AB	2/17/1782	1899	2000	11	358	349	9	52.5	49.5	-3.0	7.47	9.50	2.03	F0III	9	58	39.35	+	10	57	37.4	In infimo pectore [The lowest in the breast]. Double. The largest of two. Extremely unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 53"] A star 1° 25' s. of 27 Leonis in a line parallel to eta and alpha."
H I 32	44		Lyn	09591+5316	A 1346		4/3/1782	1906	2007	17	151	182	31	0.4	0.5	0.1	8.84	9.66	0.82	F8	9	59	5.55	+	53	15	49.5	Double. About 3/4 degree s. preceding the 44th Lyncis; in a line parallel to theta Ursa majoris and the 39th Lyncis. Very unequal. L. r.; S. bluish r. The diameters [separation] are so small that the length of the time, and attention of looking, makes a considerable difference in the estimation of the distance.	A conjectural attribution that matches Herschel's description. The binary is in the correct relation to a unlabeled 5.5 mag. star, which is about 4° SE of CS Ursae majoris, the star identified as 44 Lyncis by precessing the coordinates given in Flamsteed's catalog. However that star is brighter than 5.5, the magnitude Flamsteed gives for 44 Lyncis, and several of Baily's endnotes indicate a very confused state of measurement and labeling in this part of the sky.
H N 25	near 6		Hya	10040-1806	SHJ 110	AC	2/7/1785	1822	2008	35	274	274	0	21.2	21.2	0.0	6.22	6.97	0.75	B8V	10	4	2.83	-	18	6	5.1	368 Sweep. Double, nearly equal, both w. about 9 m. 3d class far. Position nearly in the parallel [PA = ±90° or ±270°]. 6 (3d b) Hydræ et Crateris p. 49' 7" n. 1° 53'. (Is 40 Felis of BODE's Catalogue.)	I have identified the star by precessing Herschel's coordinates.
H VI 11*	32	alpha	Leo	10084+1158	STFB 6	AB	11/14/1779	1800	2009	54	307	308	1	178.0	174.3	-3.7	1.40	8.24	6.84	B7V	10	8	22.31	+	11	58	1.9	In corde [In the heart]. Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 168", PA = 300°]
H N 145	near 133		UMa	10178+7104	STF 1415	AB	9/30/1802	1823	2007	57	165	167	2	16.7	16.5	-0.2	6.65	7.27	0.62	A7m	10	17	50.61	+	71	3	38.9	1112 Sweep. Double 7 m. 8 m. : the 8 m. about 3/4 of a minute sf. the 7 m. 133 Ursæ majoris of BODE's Catalogue p. 3' 53", n. 2° 17'.	Precessed coordinates and description match.
H I 28	41	gamma	Leo	10200+1950	STF 1424	AB	2/9/1782	1782	2010	799	84	120	36	3.0	4.0	1.0	2.37	3.64	1.27	K0III	10	19	58.16	+	19	50	30.7	In collo lucida [Shining in the neck]. A beautiful double star. Pretty unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining a little to pale red. With 227 and 278 distinctly separated; with 460, 1/8 diameter of S.; with 625, 1/4 diameter; with 932, full 1/4 diameter, or when best 1/2 diameter of S.; with 1504, 3/4 diameter, well-defined, and the difference of colours still visible; with 2176, not quite a diameter of S, pretty well defined, but exceedingly tremulous, with 2589, less than 1 diameter; with 3168, still pretty distinct, and about 3/4 diameter of S.; with 4294, more than a diameter of S., but attended with the utmost difficulty of managing the motions; and 5489, the interval still somewhat larger, and if the object could be kept in the center of the field, the eye might adapt itself to the focus, and get the better of the violent aberration; but the edges of the glass being of a different focus, the eye is constantly disappointed in its endeavours to define the object; with 6652, I had but a single glimpse of the star quite disfigured; however, I ascribe it chiefly to the foulness of the glass, which on account of its smallness, is extremely difficult to be cleaned.
H II 43	near 43		Leo	10205+0626	STF 1426	AB-C	2/17/1782	1822	2009	101	9	9	0	7.4	7.8	0.4	7.30	9.43	2.13	F5	10	20	32.32	+	6	25	47.6	In dextro genu [In the right knee]. Double. Near 2/3 degree s. preceding the 43d, in a line parallel to alpha and the 14th Leonis. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d.	A line through 14 (omicron) Leonis through Regulus intersects STF 1426 almost exactly.
H V 64	near 43		Leo	10232+0542	SHJ 115		2/17/1782	1823	2003	23	330	11	41	60.4	63.2	2.8	6.57	10.45	3.88	F6V	10	23	14.61	+	5	41	39.2	Ad sinistrum anteriorem cubitum [Behind the left elbow]. Double. Near 1 degree s. of the 43d, in a line parallel to eta and alpha Leonis. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. db. [Rho = 60"]
H I 29	near 44		Leo	10256+0847	STF 1431		2/17/1782	1782	2006	57	64	70	6	4.0	3.6	-0.4	7.76	9.07	1.31	A8III	10	25	35.12	+	8	46	35.4	Parvula juxta FL. 44 [Barely visible near FL. 44]. Double. About 4' following the 44th Leonis, which being double in the finder, is the least of the two. Extremely unequal. L. w. S. d.
H I 71	near [36]		UMa	10260+5237	STF 1428		11/19/1782	1830	2007	97	84	87	3	4.1	2.9	-1.2	8.02	8.44	0.42	F6V	10	25	59.00	+	52	37	18.3	Double. Nearly in the intersection of a line from beta Ursae majoris to the 39th Lyncis, cross by one from psi to upsilon Ursae majoris; the last line should bend a little towards psi Ursae majoris. A little unequal. Both whitish.	One of Herschel's more bizarre and less helpful directions. Precessing Flamsteed's 1690 coordinates places 39 Lyn at RA 9:22, DEC 49°32, a 6th mag. star. This locates the intersection described at about RA 10:24, Dec 54°30. What "bend a little towards psi" means is unclear, but assuming that it directs attention SE or S, I nominate STF 1428, whose separation fits the class. (For star hoppers: it is about 3-1/3 s. preceding 36 UMa, in a line parallel with alpha/mu UMa, third in a line of telescopic stars spaced about 1 degree apart.)
H N 50		delta	Ant	10296–3036	H N 50		3/15/1787	1834	1999	22	235	226	9	10.0	10.9	0.9	5.56	9.84	4.28	B9.5V	10	29	35.38	–	30	36	25.4	710 Sweep. Delta Antila, L.C. 933. WOLL. Cat. zone 119° 10h .... Double, very unequal; 2d class. [PA = ±230°]
H N 36	35		Sex	10433+0445	STF 1466	AB	2/2/1786	1822	2008	133	239	239	0	6.9	6.8	-0.1	6.23	7.13	0.90		10	43	20.91	+	4	44	51.9	521 Sweep. 35 Sextantis. Double, 3d class near. Position south preceding. — (675 Sweep. 12/30/1786) 35 Sextantis, double, 3d class far, a little unequal. Position south preceding.	A triple system: the 8.1 mag. second companion is located at rho = 334", PA = 210°.
H II 74	near 4	nu	Crt	10476-1516	STF 1474	BC	11/20/1782	1822	2002	66	194	22	172	6.6	7.0	0.4	7.80	7.50	0.30	F5	10	47	40.02	–	15	14	43.6	Treble. Near 1 degree n. preceding nu Crateris, towards alpha Leonis. The two nearest equal. Both dw. The farthest larger than either of the two other stars. Of the sixth class.	4 nu Crateris is not identified in modern sources; notes in the Flamsteed catalog identify it with nu Hydri [no Flamsteed number]. This points to STF 1474, 0.7° n. preceding.
H V 62	57		Leo	10534-0215	S 617		2/11/1782	1796	2007	28	180	178	2	34.0	35.0	1.0	6.22	8.71	2.49	G9IV	10	53	24.96	–	2	15	18.8	E posteriores pedes præcedentibus [Preceding the rear foot]. Double. Very unequal. [Rho = 33"]	Dreyer points out that 57 Leonis is not double, and suggests S 617 as the intended attribution.
H III 30*	54		Leo	10556+2445	STF 1487		2/21/1781	1777	2009	241	105	112	7	6.0	6.5	0.5	4.48	6.30	1.82	A1V A2Vn	10	55	36.80	+	24	44	59.0	Duarum supra dorsum sequens [Following of two above the back]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. brilliant w.; S. ash-colour, or greyish w. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	The other "above the back" is 41 Leonis.
H V 111	near 42		UMa	10598+5854	STF 1495		11/20/1782	1783	2009	36	39	36	3	32.0	34.1	2.1	7.25	8.84	1.59	K2II-III	10	59	49.47	+	58	54	23.3	Double. Full 1 degree s. following the 42d, in a line parallel to the 29th and 48th Ursæ majoris; the middle of three forming an arch. Considerably unequal. L. wr.; S. r. [Rho = 31", PA = 39°]
H I 77	near	alpha	Crt	11021-1542	H I 77		1/31/1783	1876	2000	34	16	25	9	2.9	2.9	0.0	8.57	8.90	0.33	F2V	11	2	5.78	–	15	41	32.2	Double. Near 2-3/4 degrees north of alpha Crateris; a small telescopic star, about 1/4 degree following the most north of the two large ones. Pretty unequal. Both whitish.
H II 78	near 63	chi	Leo	11061+0702	STF 1507		1/1/1783	1825	2009	27	164	164	0	8.6	8.4	-0.2	8.80	10.23	1.43	F8	11	6	7.42	+	7	2	0.5	Double. About 1/3 degree s. following chi, towards tau Leonis; the smallest of two. Very or extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d.	= FH Leonis, a variable star.
H V 68	near 75		Leo	11084+0313	H V 68	BC	3/5/1782	1899	2000	7	207	207	0	42.5	43.6	1.1	9.24	10.10	0.86	K5	11	8	19.63	+	3	11	41.0	Treble. One of two n. preceding the 75th, in a line parallel to the 84th and 59th Leonis. The two nearest very unequal. [Rho = 55"] The farthest extremely unequal.
H IV 106	near 50	alpha	UMa	11098+6320	H IV 106	AB	11/20/1782	1783	2006	9	132	134	2	20.2	20.2	0.0	7.97	11.50	3.53	F7V	11	9	45.09	+	63	20	6.5	Double. About 1-3/4 degree n. following alpha, in a line parallel to beta Ursæ and kappa Draconis; the last of three in a row. Extremely unequal. Both r. [Rho = 19", PA = 135°] A third small star in view.
H N 104	near 12	delta	Crt	11157-1621	SHJ 372		4/19/1794	1877	2003	18	300	300	0	12.2	18.8	6.6	8.40	9.54	1.14	A6III	11	15	41.01	-	16	21	8.9	1058 Sweep. Double, 3d class, a little unequal, a few degrees np. 12 (delta) Hydræ p. 3' 37", s. 1° 33'.	"np." (north preceding) in the note is an error. The locator instructions and precessed coordinates point south.
H N 68	near 64	gamma	UMa	11161+5246	STF 1520		4/12/1789	1831	2008	55	345	343	2	13.0	12.3	-0.7	6.54	7.81	1.27	F6V F9V	11	16	4.03	+	52	46	23.4	919 Sweep. Double, pretty unequal. 64 (gamma) Ursæ majoris p. 38' 46", s. 0° 56'.
H VI 79	74	phi	Leo	11167-0339	SHJ 121		2/9/1782	1782	2002	27	281	291	10	98.6	88.9	-9.7	4.48	9.75	5.27	A7IVn	11	16	39.70	–	3	39	5.8	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. db. [Rho = 99", PA = ±281°]
H N 26	36		Crt	11170–0708	BU 600	AC	3/5/1785	1823	2002	27	98	99	1	67.1	54.3	-12.8	6.15	8.22	2.07	A8IVp	11	16	58.18	–	7	8	4.9	379 Sweep. 7.6 m. has a star about 8.9 m. following 6th class. 20 Sextantis f. 65' 29", n. 0° 18'.	Dreyer identifies the double star as "Crateris 36" and gives coordinates most closely matching BU 600, which has magnitudes, separation and position angle matching Herschel's note; it is a triple system, the second companion at rho = 1.0".
H I 2	53	xi	UMa	11182+3132	STF 1523	AB	5/2/1780	1780	2009	1589	144	215	71	3.5	1.6	-1.9	4.33	4.80	0.47	F9V G9V	11	18	10.92	+	31	31	45.1	In dextro posteriore pede [In the right rear foot]. Double. A little unequal. Both w. and very bright.
H N 53	54	nu	UMa	11185+3306	STF 1524		3/20/1787	1827	2005	52	145	149	4	5.0	7.4	2.4	3.48	10.10	6.62	K3IIIBaO	11	18	28.76	+	33	5	39.3	722 Sweep. 54 (nu) Ursæ majoris, double, very unequal, [PA = ±155°]; 2d class.
H N 142	near 70	theta	Leo	11190+1416	STF 1527		12/7/1801	1822	2009	260	10	173	163	3.7	0.3	-3.4	7.01	7.99	0.98	F9V	11	18	59.91	+	14	16	6.9	Review. Double, 1st class, very near. 1-1/2° sf. 70 (theta) Leonis, in a line from b through theta continued.
H V 61	81		Leo	11256+1627	HJ 4433		2/9/1782	1840	2008	20	339	4	25	58.5	54.8	-3.7	5.62	10.84	5.22	F2V	11	25	36.37	+	16	27	23.5	Double. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 57"]
H IV 13	83		Leo	11268+0301	STF 1540	AB	4/6/1780	1780	2009	125	145	143	2	29.5	29.6	0.1	6.55	7.50	0.95	G7V	11	26	45.75	+	3	0	45.6	Double. It is a small star north preceding tau. A little unequal. Both inclining to r. [Rho = 29", PA = 145°]
H VI 12*	84	tau	Leo	11279+0251	STFA 19	AB	4/6/1780	1834	2010	56	170	183	13	94.7	88.0	-6.7	5.05	7.47	2.42	G8II-III	11	27	56.23	+	2	51	22.5	Quasi in cubito [Approximately in the elbow]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. r.; S. inclining to blue. [Rho = 82", PA = 165°]
H III 86	57		UMa	11291+3920	STF 1543	AB	11/20/1782	1825	2009	149	10	355	15	5.9	5.4	-0.5	5.35	10.67	5.32	A2V	11	29	4.12	+	39	20	13.1	Double. The largest of two stars. Excessively unequal. L. w.; S. a red point without sensible magnitude.
H IV 112	near 15	gamma	Crt	11292-1721	H IV 112	A-BC	1/1/1783	1783	2004	23	331	332	1	28.2	28.6	0.4	7.85	8.45	0.60	F5/6V:	11	29	14.74	–	17	21	28.9	Double. About 1 degree n. following gamma Crateris, in a line parallel to delta Corvi and Spica. Equal. Both pr. [Rho = 26", PA = 329°]
H N 70	near 42		UMa	11313+5942	STF 1544		3/19/1790	1790	2009	48	90	91	1	9.5	12.3	2.8	7.33	8.02	0.69	A3 Am	11	31	18.57	+	59	42	3.3	953 Sweep. Double, 3d class. Position a little nf. a little unequal. 76 Ursæ majoris p. 1h 13' 7", s. 3° 5'. — (1039 Sweep. 4/9/1793) Double, equal, 3d class, near. Position nearly in the parallel [PA = ±90°]. 42 Ursæ majoris f. 41' 4", n. 0° 26'.
H III 51	88		Leo	11317+1422	STF 1547	AB	2/9/1782	1782	2007	98	318	331	13	14.6	15.3	0.7	6.33	9.14	2.81	G0IV	11	31	44.94	+	14	21	52.2	In dextro clune [In the right hindquarters]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. d.
H III 96	17		Crt	11323-2916	H III 96		1/10/1783	1783	2007	72	206	210	4	9.8	9.4	-0.4	5.64	5.73	0.09	F8V F8V	11	32	16.40	–	29	15	39.7	Double. Nearly equal. Both rw. (Note in MS: "A third eF * in the same line p at 3 or 4 times the distance of the other two.")
H I 27	90		Leo	11347+1648	STF 1552	AB	2/9/1782	1782	2009	193	209	209	0	3.0	3.5	0.5	6.26	7.31	1.05	B4V+B9V	11	34	42.50	+	16	47	48.9	Infra eductioneme caudæ [Below the base of the tail]. Treble. The two nearest — very unequal. L. w.; S. rw. The two farthest — very unequal. S. dusky r.
H III 87	near 59		UMa	11387+4507	STF 1561	AB	11/20/1782	1783	2009	120	270	249	21	12.5	8.9	-3.6	6.53	8.23	1.70	G0V	11	38	44.90	+	45	6	30.3	A pretty treble star Near 1-1/2 degree n. of the 59th, in a line parallel to psi and beta Ursæ majoris nearly. The two nearest considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. r. The two farthest very unequal. S. dr.
H VI 113	4		Vir	11479+0815	SHJ 131	AB	1/8/1783	1898	2000	8	356	358	2	151.7	148.9	-2.8	5.32	11.59	6.27	A1	11	47	54.93	+	8	14	45.1	Double. Extremely unequal. L. wr.; S. dr. [Rho = ±146"], too obscure for accuracy.
H VI 80	93		Leo	11480+2013	STFB 7	AB	2/9/1782	1836	2008	27	356	356	0	74.3	76.8	2.5	4.59	9.03	4.44	A7V	11	47	59.23	+	20	13	8.2	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. db. [Rho = 70"]
H VI 115	near 21		Crt	11484-1019	H VI 115	AB	1/10/1783	1893	2002	18	71	66	5	83.7	89.9	6.2	6.29	9.17	2.88	F7V	11	48	23.55	–	10	18	46.2	Double. About 2-1/2 degree s. following the 21st, in a line parallel to the 12th Crateris and 4th Corvi. Very unequal. L. w.; S. r. [PA = 78°]
H IV 49	near 4	xi	Vir	11520+0850	STF 1575		2/6/1782	1783	2008	57	214	210	4	27.5	30.6	3.1	7.43	7.89	0.46	K0	11	51	57.57	+	8	49	48.0	Double. 1 full degree n. following xi Viriginis, in a line parallel to iota and beta Leonis. A little unequal. L. pr.; S. dr. [Rho = 27", PA = 213°]	Actually 1-3/4° north following.
H V 60	near 95	o	Leo	11528+1526	SHJ 132	AB	2/9/1782	1782	2003	29	19	14	5	37.2	39.0	1.8	6.86	10.17	3.31	A2	11	52	46.22	+	15	26	10.7	Ad caudam [At the tail]. Double. Near 3/4 degree s. preceding the 95th, in a line parallel to beta and rho Leonis. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. d. [Rho = 37", PA = 19°]
H I 72	65		UMa	11551+4629	STF 1579	AB-C	11/20/1782	1782	2009	64	36	42	6	4.0	3.9	-0.1	6.68	8.32	1.64		11	55	5.74	+	46	28	36.6	Double. Excessively unequal. L. pr.; S. a point. A third star in view. Equal to L. Colour rw.
H VI 13	95	omicron	Leo	11557+1539	H VI 13		4/6/1780	1782	1782	1	45	45	.	90.0	90.0	.	5.53	.	.	A3V	11	55	40.53	+	15	38	48.5	In extremitate caudæ [At the end of the tail]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. reddish w.; S. d. [Rho = ±90", PA ±10°]
H II 47	2	[eta]	Com	12043+2128	STF 1596		4/18/1782	1782	2008	187	242	236	6	4.0	3.7	-0.3	6.18	7.48	1.30	F0IV-V	12	4	16.60	+	21	27	33.0	Double. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. pr.
H IV 108	near 69	[delta]	UMa	12081+5528	STF 1603		11/25/1782	1783	2008	76	80	84	4	19.3	21.7	2.4	7.82	8.26	0.44	F8V F9V	12	8	7.07	+	55	27	50.7	Double. Near 2 degrees s. of the 69th, towards the 63d Ursæ majoris. A very little unequal. Both r. [Rho = 19", PA = 80°]
H IV 114	near 12	t	Vir	12145+0847	STF 1616	AB	1/8/1783	1782	2005	23	297	295	2	23.3	23.2	-0.1	7.55	9.74	2.19	G0	12	14	27.29	+	8	46	57.7	Double. About 1-1/2 degree s. of t Viriginis. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 23", PA = 286°]	Parallax/proper motion data indicate this is an optical pair.
H III 85	2		CVn	12161+4040	STF 1622		11/13/1782	1783	2008	74	259	259	0	12.2	11.4	-0.8	5.86	8.71	2.85	M1III+F7V	12	16	7.55	+	40	39	36.6	Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. bluish.	Parallax/proper motion data indicate this is an optical double star.
H N 22	near 15	eta	Vir	12182–0357	STF 1627		1/6/1785	1822	2008	101	195	195	0	20.4	19.9	-0.5	6.55	6.90	0.35	F2V F3V	12	18	9.57	–	3	56	55.6	353 Sweep. Double, 3d class, equal; position nearly in the meridian, 8. 8 m. [both 8th magnitude]. 87 (c) Leonis f. 47' 38", s. 0° 59'. — (674 Sweep. 12/29/1786) Double, of the 4th class, near, equal, nearly in the meridian: but the most south is the preceding. [PA = ±188°] 8. 8m. 29 [gamma] Virginis p. 23' 41", s. 2° 29'. — (Review of ecliptic. 3/14/1793) Double, 4th class, 3-1/2 degrees south of 15 (eta) Virginis; a large star.
H N 52	near 6		CnV	12202+3754	STF 1632		3/17/1787	1787	2007	34	190	193	3	10.1	10.1	0.0	6.83	9.98	3.15	K0III F9V	12	20	13.50	+	37	54	7.7	714 Sweep. Double, very unequal: 2d class [PA = ±190°], L. r. S. b. 7 m. 6 Canum Venaticorum. p. 5' 37", s. 1° 7'.
H N 31	near 12	e	Com	12207+2703	STF 1633		4/6/1785	1820	2007	98	242	246	4	8.0	8.9	0.9	7.04	7.13	0.09	F3V+F3V	12	20	41.37	+	27	3	16.4	393 Sweep. Double, equal, 3d class, nearly in the same parallel. 12 (e) Comæ Berenices, p. 1' 54", n. 1° 12'.
H V 121	12		Com	12225+2551	SHJ 143	AC	1/1/1783	1783	2009	42	163	168	5	58.9	63.6	4.7	4.86	8.90	4.04		12	22	30.32	+	25	50	46.3	Double. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. [Rho = 59", PA = ±167°]
H IV 50	17		Vir	12225+0518	STF 1636		2/6/1782	1783	2007	63	328	340	12	20.2	21.4	1.2	6.53	9.31	2.78	F8V	12	22	32.14	+	5	18	20.1	In pectore [In the chest]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. bluish. [Rho = 20", PA = 328°]
H IV 105	7	delta	Crv	12299-1631	SHJ 145	AB	11/17/1782	1782	2009	44	216	215	1	23.5	23.4	-0.1	2.95	8.47	5.52	B9.5V	12	29	51.86	–	16	30	55.6	Duarum in ala sequente præcedens [Preceding of the two in the following wing]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 24", PA = 216°]
H N 118	near 5		Dra	12321+7449	STF 1654		12/10/1797	1823	2006	32	23	23	0	5.9	3.8	-2.1	7.74	9.43	1.69	G9III	12	32	2.94	+	74	48	41.5	1066 Sweep. Double, close of the 2d class, considerably unequal. Distance 1 diameter of L. L. r. S. dr. (See 1068 Sweep.) — (1068 Sweep. 12/12/1797) The double star of 1066 sweep. 5 Draconis Hevelii f. 13' 54", s. 0° 23'.	Identified by precessing Herschel's coordinates to J2000 (RA 12 32' 21", Dec. 74° 49' 41").
H IV 27	24		Com	12351+1823	STF 1657		2/28/1781	1781	2009	134	274	271	3	20.6	19.9	-0.7	5.11	6.33	1.22	K2III	12	35	7.76	+	18	22	37.4	Double. Considerably unequal. L. whitish r.; S. blueish r. [Rho = 18", PA = 273°]
H V 129	near 25	f	Vir	12387-0422	S 639	AB	2/7/1782	1825	2002	25	105	110	5	50.6	56.0	5.4	6.82	9.99	3.17	M0III	12	38	43.36	–	4	22	24.8	Double. About 1-1/2 n. following f, in a line parallel to gamma and epsilon Virginis; a large star. Very unequal. L. r.; S. dark r. [Rho = 47", PA = 97°] A double star of the Vth Class in view, preceding.
H N 143	near 32		Vir	12409+0850	STF 1668		1/29/1802	1830	2006	98	197	186	11	1.7	1.1	-0.6	7.78	8.10	0.32	F5V	12	40	54.13	+	8	49	45.2	Review. 1-3/4 or 1-1/4 degree north of 32 and 31 Virginis, double, 1st class, extremely near, less than half a diameter of either; nearly equal. Position sp. The most south is the smallest.
H N 38	near 24	iota	Crt	12413–1301	STF 1669	AB	3/27/1786	1828	2008	161	299	313	14	5.4	5.2	-0.2	5.88	5.89	0.01	F5V F5V	12	41	16.02	–	13	0	50.1	548 Sweep. Double, equal 1-1/2 diameter, 7. 7 m. 24 (iota) Crateris f. 1h 2' 24", n. 0° 11'. (Is 58 Corvi in BODE's Catalogue, a star of Hevelius.)
H VI 81	27		Vir	12416+1026	H VI 81		2/9/1782	1899	2010	13	281	280	1	85.5	77.5	-8.0	6.19	10.10	3.91	A7Vn	12	41	34.46	+	10	25	34.6	In ala dextra [In the right wing]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w. [Rho = 89"]
H III 18†	29	gamma	Vir	12417-0127	STF 1670	AB	1/21/1780	1720	2009	1558	319	26	67	7.5	1.3	-6.2	3.48	3.53	0.05	F0V F0V	12	41	39.60	–	1	26	57.9	De quatuor in ala sinestra, sequens [The fourth following in the left wing]. Double. Equal. Both w. (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)	In Fortin's iconography, the Virgin is flanked by long angelic wings: the left wing runs from beta to theta.
H III 53	near	gamma	Vir	12453-0353	STF 1677		2/17/1782	1783	2005	57	349	348	1	13	16.1	3.1	7.3	8.12	0.82	A9IV	12	45	17.35	–	3	53	17	Double. Near 2-1/2 degrees n. following gamma, in a line parallel to epsilon and alpha Virginis; a considerable star; a line from gamma to this passes between two of nearly the same magnitude with this star. A little unequal. Both d. Distance 12" 58'". Position 79°0' n. preceding [PA = 349°].	Confused. A line parallel to alpha/epsilon Vir leads north preceding gamma Vir, not north following; there are no "considerable stars" or binaries in that direction within 3°. STF 1677 is south following in a line parallel to alpha/epsilon, fits the measurements, and is about 3° from gamma Virginis.
H IV 15	[32]		Cam	12492+8325	STF 1694	AB	8/2/1780	1820	2008	66	328	326	2	22.0	21.0	-1.0	5.29	5.74	0.45	A1IIIsh	12	49	13.80	+	83	24	46.3	In dextra aure Camelopardali [In the Giraffe's right ear]. I. HEVELII ultima. Double. A little unequal. L. reddish w.; S. reddish w. [Rho = 20"]	The Fortin iconography available to me does not show the giraffe's head. This star is at the eastern limit of the constellation, and it matches Herschel's measured separation and magnitude difference.
H IV 58	near 36		Com	12519+1910	STF 1685	AB	4/18/1782	1783	2007	88	202	202	0	15.9	16.0	0.1	7.31	7.78	0.47	Am+F8III	12	51	54.80	+	19	10	19.9	A pretty double star. About 2-1/2 n. preceding the 36th, in a line parallel to the 42d and 15th Comæ Berenices; the following of two unequal stars. A little unequal. Both rw. [Rho = 16", PA = 202°]
H V 130	35		Com	12533+2115	STF 1687	AC	1/8/1783	1783	2009	105	127	126	1	31.3	26.6	-4.7	5.15	9.76	4.61	G7III	12	53	17.77	+	21	14	42.1	Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 31", PA = 127°]
H IV 17*	12		CVn	12560+3819	STF 1692		8/7/1780	1777	2009	153	234	229	5	22.0	19.1	-2.9	2.85	5.52	2.67	A0pSiEuHg	12	56	1.67	+	38	19	6.2	Cor caroli. Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r. [Rho = 20", PA = 228°] (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H II 42	near [44]	k	Vir	12563-0452	STF 1690		2/6/1782	1822	2005	46	150	149	1	5.5	5.9	0.4	7.18	8.95	1.77	A0V	12	56	15.01	–	4	51	50.3	Double. About 1-1/2 degrees s. preceding k [44] Virginis, in a line parallel to zeta and theta; the most south of three forming an arch. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. hardly visible with 227 (but with ten-feet reflector S. b.).
H IV 51	[44]	k	Vir	12597-0349	STF 1704	AB	2/6/1782	1783	1999	25	58	53	5	22.3	20.8	-1.5	5.80	10.15	4.35	A3V	12	59	39.55	–	3	48	43.0	In ala austrina [In the south wing]. Double. A star south of three forming an arch, and of the same magnitude with the middle one of the arch. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. db. [Rho = 22", PA = 58°]	Dreyer supplies the identity of the reference star.
H VI 43	51	theta	Vir	13099-0532	H VI 43	BC	5/14/1781	1831	1999	17	295	297	2	65.0	67.0	2.0	9.40	10.40	1.00		13	9	56.85	–	5	32	13.8	De quatuor ultima et sequens [Last following of the four]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = ±64", PA = 295°]	Modern catalog labeling for the triple star 51 theta Virginis is bizarrely disordered. The near pair AB (rho = 7") was identified by Herschel as H III 50, but is listed in the literature as STF 1724. The wide pair AC (rho = 71") was identified by Herschel as H VI 43, but is listed in the literature as H III 50 (!). I have restored the correct Herschel designations here and at H III 50.
H III 50	51	theta	Vir	13099-0532	STF 1724	AB	2/6/1782	1782	1999	77	339	342	3	7.1	6.9	-0.2	4.40	9.39	4.99	A0IV	13	9	57.01	–	5	32	20.1	De quatuor ultima et sequens [Last following of the four]. Treble. The two nearest extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. For measures of the two farthest see [H.]VI.43.	See the note at H VI 43 regarding the confused labeling of this star.
H II 45	54		Vir	13134-1850	SHJ 161		4/3/1782	1782	2008	59	33	33	0	4.0	5.3	1.3	6.78	7.19	0.41	A0V A1V	13	13	26.83	–	18	49	35.1	Double. A little unequal. Both w.
H II 46	near 42	[alpha]	Com	13169+1701	BU 800	AB	4/15/1782	1881	2004	195	122	107	15	1.3	7.5	6.2	6.66	9.50	2.84	K1V M1V	13	16	50.67	+	17	1	4.1	Double. About 1-3/4 degree from the 42d Comae towards upsilon Bootis; the most south of a telescopic equilateral triangle. Excessively unequal. L. pr.; S. d. A third star preceding, above 1'.
H VI 90	61		Vir	13184-1819	H VI 90		4/3/1782	1782	2007	13	345	37	52	73.3	376.2	302.9	4.81	10.73	5.92	G6V	13	18	24.94	–	18	18	31.2	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 73", PA = ±345°]
H IV 57	near 42	[alpha]	Com	13218+1746	STF 1737		4/15/1782	1782	2008	24	224	220	4	17.1	14.8	-2.3	7.85	10.31	2.46	F0	13	21	48.68	+	17	45	55.7	Double. About 3 degrees s. following the 42d Comæ Berenices towards upsilon Bootis; the vertex of an isosceles triangle. Extremely unequal. [Rho = 16", PA = 224°]	Dreyer makes the identification, as Herschel's location is only approximate. It forms a very pretty triangle with two matching stars, but is on a line to eta Bootis, not upsilon.
H IV 119	near 68	iota	Vir	13228-1311	H IV 119		2/7/1783	1783	2008	10	310	312	2	19.4	19.3	-0.1	7.81	10.81	3.00	A2V	13	22	45.65	–	13	11	11.4	Double. About 1 degree s. preceding the 68th, in a line parallel to the 99th and alpha Virginis. Extremely unequal. [Rho = 22", PA = 307°]
H III 2	79	zeta	UMa	13239+5456	STF 1744	AB	8/17/1779	1755	2009	457	143	153	10	13.9	14.3	0.4	2.23	3.88	1.65	A1VpSrSi	13	23	55.42	+	54	55	31.5	Trium in cauda media [Middle of three in the tail]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. w.; inclining to pale rose colour. Distance 14".5 by two years observation, not a mean but that which I suppose nearest to the truth. Position 56°46' s. following.	I've quoted the note in full to indicate the ambivalence with which Herschel often treated his own separation measurements.
H VI 22	near	alpha	Dra	13288+5956	S 649	AC	8/7/1780	1824	2002	19	111	111	0	182.3	181.7	-0.6	5.46	8.19	2.73	A1Vn	13	28	27.09	+	59	56	44.8	Double. It is the star between alpha Draconis and the tail of Ursa major. [Rho = ±210"]	The specified interval of sky is over 10°. However "the star" implies a distinctive star in the area. Brightest is HIP 65728, a multiple star in WDS.
H N 27	72	L1	Vir	13304–0628	STF 1750		3/5/1785	1828	2009	20	25	16	9	25.0	29.1	4.1	6.14	10.74	4.60	F2V	13	30	25.72	–	6	28	13.0	380 Sweep. 72 (1st L) Virginis, double, extremely unequal. [PA = ±60°] 4th class near. L. w. S. r. — (913 Sweep. 3/20/1789) 72 (1st L) Virginis, double.
H V 70	near 2		Boo	13309+2414	H V 70	AC	4/5/1782	1783	2005	49	263	257	6	56.9	75.1	18.2	7.67	8.28	0.61	G2III	13	30	52.21	+	24	14	15.3	Double. Near 3 degrees n. preceding the 2d Bootis, towards the 43d Comæ Ber.; the preceding of three in a line parallel to alpha and eta Bootis. A little unequal. L. r.; S. darker r. [Rho = 57", PA = 263°]
H V 128	near 68		Vir	13324-1240	SHJ 165		2/7/1782	1823	2002	24	79	78	1	47.9	48.4	0.5	7.60	8.58	0.98	F3II/III	13	32	24.72	–	12	39	47.1	Double. About 1-1/2 degree following iota Virginis, in a line parallel to Spica and beta Libræ. A little unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 42"]	Confused entry. Herschel's original identification is "68 iota", but there is no candidate following 99 iota Virginis; the identified star matches Herschel's description and the class separation.
H N 69		f	Hya	13368–2630	H N 69	AB	3/10/1790	1825	2009	54	193	189	4	10.4	10.1	-0.3	5.74	6.60	0.86	A7III	13	36	48.51	–	26	29	42.8	940 Sweep. f. Hydræ 1153 L.C. double, a little unequal, 3d class, pretty near. [PA = ±195°] (WOLL. Cat. zone 115° . . . 13h . . .)	A quadruple system: the 10.8 and 12.1 mag. companions are located at rho = 218", PA = 20° and rho = 202", PA = 230°.
H I 80	81		Vir	13376-0752	STF 1763	AB	2/7/1783	1783	2008	90	49	40	9	1.8	2.7	0.9	7.79	8.08	0.29	K0III	13	37	35.20	–	7	52	18.8	Double. Equal. Both pr.
H II 44	84	omicron	Vir	13431+0332	STF 1777		2/17/1782	1782	2008	171	241	227	14	4.0	2.7	-1.3	5.55	8.31	2.76	K1III	13	43	3.71	+	3	32	16.4	Versis finem alæ dextræ [Toward the end of the right wing]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. d. Requires attention to be seen with 227.
H VI 15	near [6]		Boo	13504+2117	S 656		6/25/1780	1800	2003	38	211	208	3	88.5	85.9	-2.6	6.93	7.37	0.44	G0	13	50	23.51	+	21	16	35.8	Double. It is a telescopic star near that which forms a rectangle [right angle] with alpha and eta. [Rho = ±120"]	The separation estimate is badly off.
H III 101	3	k	Cen	13518-3300	H III 101		1/31/1783	1783	2009	63	112	105	7	11.6	8.4	-3.2	4.50	5.97	1.47	B5III B8V	13	51	49.58	–	32	59	38.6	Double. Considerably unequal. L. dw.; S. dpr.
H N 51	4	h	Cen	13532–3156	H N 51		3/15/1787	1836	2009	26	184	185	1	18.0	15.4	-2.6	4.72	8.53	3.81	B4IV	13	53	12.54	–	31	55	39.4	711 Sweep. 4 (h) Centauri. Double, very unequal. [PA = 190°]; 3d or 4th class.
H V 124	near 2	g	Cen	13535-3540	H V 124	AE	1/31/1782	1889	1998	15	359	6	7	65.2	67.5	2.3	6.27	8.65	2.38	F4V	13	53	32.75	–	35	39	51.2	Double. About 1-1/2 degree s. following g Centauri, in a line parallel to gamma Serpentis and theta Centauri; the most s. of two. Considerably unequal. [Rho = ±54"]
H VI 95	8	eta	Boo	13547+1824	SHJ 169		8/3/1782	1822	2008	29	120	86	34	126.2	112.0	-14.2	2.72	9.99	7.27	G0IV	13	54	41.11	+	18	23	54.7	Trium in sinistro crure borea [Of the three in the southern left leg]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to orange; S. r. [Rho = ±90", PA = ±118°]	The positions are only roughly estimated, but the separation is rather far off.
H N 59	near 49	pi	Hya	13560–2532	H N 59		2/3/1788	1903	1998	8	166	166	0	27.4	27.6	0.2	9.15	9.92	0.77	A9V	13	55	58.29	–	25	31	51.0	806 Sweep. Double, unequal. 49 (pi) Hydræ p. 10' 16", n. 1° 7'.
H VI 77	93	tau	Vir	14016+0133	SHJ 171	AB	2/4/1782	1823	2009	24	290	291	1	79.3	80.0	0.7	4.26	9.48	5.22	A3V	14	1	38.78	+	1	32	40.5	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. dr. [Rho = 68"]
H N 115	near	alpha	Boo	14083+2112	STF 1804		7/26/1796	1825	2009	70	20	14	6	4.9	4.9	0.0	8.17	9.28	1.11	F8	14	8	15.53	+	21	11	34.9	Review. 2° 50' np. Arcturus. Double, 2d class I believe. Considerably unequal. In a line parallel to epsilon and rho: it is a very small telescopic star. — (Review. 8/6/1796) 2° 40' np. Arcturus. Double. Distance 4 diameters of L. In a line parallel to 32 and alpha Bootis. Position nf. 2 rev. +78.2 parts –1.1 for zero = 62° 20.9'.
H VI 112	13		Boo	14083+4927	H VI 112		1/8/1783	1879	2005	15	275	271	4	83.5	75.5	-8.0	5.45	11.05	5.60	M1.5III	14	8	17.30	+	49	27	29.4	Double. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. dr. [Rho = 78", PA = 277°]
H N 98	near 19 Hevelli		Boo	14134+0524	STF 1813		5/12/1793	1823	2003	92	191	194	3	6.1	4.9	-1.2	8.45	8.63	0.18	A7IV	14	13	24.23	+	5	24	3.2	1042 Sweep. Double, 1st class, equal. Position directly in the meridian, 1-1/2 diameter asunder. Bootis 19 Hevelii p. 10' 50", s. 0° 22'.	The star "19 Bootis Hevelii" is HIP 70400 in Virgo; the binaries referenced to it are both very close to Herschel's directional locations and to his celestial coordinates precessed to J2000 (RA 14 13' 05", Dec. +5 28'), and both match his descriptions of them.
H III 11	17	kappa	Boo	14135+5147	STF 1821		9/27/1779	1779	2009	167	240	235	5	12.5	13.3	0.8	4.53	6.62	2.09	A7V F1V	14	13	29.01	+	51	47	23.9	Trium in sinistro manu præcedens [Preceding of three in the left hand]. Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d.	Here as elsewhere, Herschel interprets left/right from the point of view of the figure, not of the reader.
H V 9	21	iota	Boo	14162+5122	STFA 26	AB	9/27/1779	1779	2009	90	37	34	3	37.6	38.7	1.1	4.76	7.39	2.63	A7IV K0V	14	16	10.07	+	51	22	1.3	Trium in sinistra manu, media [The middle of three in his left hand]. Double. Very unequal. L. wl.; S. d. [Rho = 37"] This is not a mean of the measures; for I suspect a motion in one of the stars, which another year or two may shew. [PA = 37°]	A third 13th mag. component lies at 187°, about 93" from the primary.
H N 99	near 19 Hevelli		Boo	14163+0605	STF 1824		5/12/1793	1829	2000	19	283	281	2	5.3	5.4	0.1	7.89	10.11	2.22	A4III	14	16	20.29	+	6	4	52.0	1042 Sweep. Double, 1st class, very unequal. Position directly preceding: 1 diameter of L. asunder. Bootis 19 Hevelii p. 7' 52", n. 0° 16'.
H N 1	near 93	tau	Vir	14165+0145	H N 1	AB	1/24/1784	1904	2008	6	109	109	0	18.2	18.6	0.4	11.36	11.70	0.34	G0V	14	16	27.24	+	1	45	17.3	125 Sweep. A very pretty treble star, making an equilateral triangle, all equal and w. 3d class far, or 4th near. 93 (tau) Viriginis f. ... n. 0° 5'.
H N 71	near 9		Dra	14199+6747	STF 1840	AB	5/3/1790	1830	2006	25	223	222	1	26.2	27.3	1.1	6.95	10.05	3.10	B9V	14	19	54.86	+	67	46	56.9	956 Sweep. Double, unequal. 9 Draconis f. 1h 24' 8", n. 1° 4'.	Perhaps the similar, nearby pair STF 1841 (vmag. 7.3+11, rho =35") was intended.
H II 38	near 15		Boo	14234+0827	STF 1835	A-BC	12/24/1781	1781	2009	178	187	192	5	5.2	5.9	0.7	5.03	6.78	1.75	A0V F2V	14	23	22.74	+	8	26	47.9	Double. It is the most north and largest of three in a line, s. following FL[AMSTEED] 15. Considerably unequal, L. w.; S. inclining to r.	The line is about 8' following and 1-1/2° south.
H III 20	In constellatione		Boo	14241+1115	STF 1838		6/25/1780	1799	2010	82	0	335	25	9.0	9.4	0.4	7.47	7.73	0.26	F8V G1V	14	24	5.76	+	11	14	49.1	[In the constellation Bootis.] Double. Draw a line through pi and zeta to the small star under the right foot, and erecting a perpendicular towards the left foot of equal length, the end of it will mark out this double star. Pretty unequal. Both r.	The location instructions are actually quite accurate.
H N 80	near	alpha	Lib	14255–1958	SHJ 179	AB	5/25/1791	1798	2008	44	299	295	4	35.7	34.8	-0.9	6.61	7.16	0.55	A2V	14	25	29.91	–	19	58	11.8	1008 Sweep. Double, equal, 7.7 m. Distance about 1', or a little more. MAYER's 575 z. p. 9' 16", n. 0° 30'. RA 14h 13' 51", PD 109° 0'.	Herschel's coordinates, precessed to J2000, locate this star almost exactly; the magnitudes are around 7 and roughly equal, but the separation is nearly half of his observed 1'. A triple system: the 8.4 mag. second companion at rho = 1.2", PA = 88° (BU 225).
H VI 52	near	epsilon	Boo	14343+2424	STTA 129		8/17/1781	1874	2003	31	68	68	0	78.7	78.0	0.0	8.43	8.53	0.10	A1V	14	34	20.57	+	24	23	30.5	Double. It is a star between epsilon and f [22 Bootis]. [Rho > 60"]. Unequal.	Doubtful attribution. The roughly 10° long diagonal between the reference stars (RA 14 26 to 14 46, Dec. 19° to 27°) contains several apparent binary stars that could be Herschel's target. Although STTA 129, a visual pair, does not fit his "unequal" description, it marks the general area where there are several other candidates.
H III 8*	29	pi	Boo	14407+1625	STF 1864	AB	9/20/1779	1777	2009	364	105	112	7	7.0	5.5	-1.5	4.88	5.79	0.91	B9pMnHg	14	40	43.56	+	16	25	5.9	Double. Pretty unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to r. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H VI 104	30	zeta	Boo	14411+1344	H VI 104	AB-C	11/29/1782	1901	2000	11	258	260	2	98.6	103.4	4.8	4.52	10.98	6.46	A0V	14	41	8.92	+	13	43	42.0	In dextro calcaneo [In the right heel]. Has a very obscure star in view. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. d. [Rho = ±90"; PA = ±270°]
H III 61	Sub finem caudae		Dra	14441+6106	STF 1882	AB	8/29/1782	1783	2007	36	358	358	0	12.5	11.6	-0.9	6.92	9.23	2.31	F3V	14	44	3.55	+	61	5	53.7	[Close under the tail end of Draco] Double. Of two considerable stars, about half-way between alpha and iota Draconis, that which is toward iota. The two stars are parallel to zeta and epsilon Ursae majoris. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. db.
H II 82	near 31		Boo	14448+0742	STF 1873		2/3/1783	1823	2007	48	94	94	0	6.5	6.9	0.4	7.96	8.35	0.39	G5III	14	44	48.13	+	7	42	4.0	Double. Near 1 degree s. following the 31st, in a line from upsilon continued through the 31st Bootis; the most south of two. A little unequal. L. w.; S dw. A third star in view, 20° or 30° n. preceding.	The distance of the third star "in view" is obviously misprinted, probably for 20' or 30'.
H I 1	36	epsilon	Boo	14450+2704	STF 1877	AB	9/9/1779	1780	2009	444	300	343	43	4.0	3.0	-1.0	2.58	4.81	2.23	K0II-III	14	44	59.25	+	27	4	27.0	Ad dextrum femur in perizomate [At the apron of the right thigh]. Double. Very unequal. L. reddish; S. blue, or rather a faint lilac. A very beautiful object.
H III 97	54		Hya	14460-2527	H III 97		1/10/1783	1783	2009	78	128	121	7	11.3	8.3	-3.0	5.12	7.25	2.13	F2V	14	46	0.08	–	25	26	35.4	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. bluish r.
H VI 117	12		Lib	14493-2415	H VI 117	AB	1/10/1783	1825	1998	23	219	221	2	56.7	63.9	7.2	5.84	8.57	2.73	K3III	14	49	18.76	–	24	15	5.3	Double. About 1-1/4 degree n. preceding the 12th Libræ, towards Spica. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [PA = ±230°]
H N 116	near 23	theta	Boo	14495+5122	STF 1889	AB	8/10/1796	1900	2005	20	88	92	4	16.1	15.2	-0.9	6.53	9.64	3.11	F3V	14	49	32.37	+	51	22	28.2	Review. About 4 degrees nf. 23 (theta) Bootis, the second star in the line from theta to this, double, 3d or 4th class, considerably unequal. Almost directly following I believe, instead of nf.; but the evening is bad.
H II 79	39		Boo	14497+4843	STF 1890		1/8/1783	1783	2009	158	52	46	6	4.0	2.6	-1.4	6.31	6.67	0.36	F6V+F5V	14	49	41.37	+	48	43	15.6	A pretty double star. A little unequal. Both pr.
H I 78	near 11		Lib	14506-0001	STF 1885		1/31/1783	1830	2008	44	147	145	2	3.8	4.0	0.2	8.78	9.11	0.33	F5	14	50	33.12	–	0	1	26.8	Double. Near 2-1/2 degrees north of the 11th Librae, in a line parallel to mu Virginis and the 109th of the same constellation. Equal. Both inclining to r.	The attributed binary is just inside Virgo.
H II 18	37	xi	Boo	14514+1906	STF 1888	AB	4/9/1780	1780	2010	1385	24	310	74	3.4	5.9	2.5	4.76	6.95	2.19	G8V K5V	14	51	23.28	+	19	6	2.3	Double. Very unequal. L. pale r. or nearly r. S. garnet, or deepr r. than the other.
H N 28	near 24		Lib	14575–2125	H N 28	AB	3/10/1785	1806	2002	155	251	306	55	9.4	25.1	15.7	5.88	8.18	2.30	K5Ve M2V	14	57	27.99	–	21	24	55.8	383 Sweep. Double, very unequal; 3d class. 24 Libræ p. 15' 2", s. 1° 28'. — (1008 Sweep. 5/25/1791) Double, considerably unequal. Position s.p. but near the parallel [PA = ±265]; 3d class, 7.8m. MAYER's 575 z. f. 22' 10", s. 0° 58'.	A multiple system, comprising six companions scattered out to rho = 258".
H VI 51	1		Ser	14576-0010	H VI 51	AB	8/5/1781	1781	2002	11	220	223	3	90.0	85.9	-4.1	5.64	10.36	4.72	K1III	14	57	33.25	–	0	10	3.4	Double. It is a star near the middle. The following of two, not very near.	An optical pair.
H IV 56	18		Lib	14589-1109	STF 1894	AB	4/3/1782	1783	1999	29	46	39	7	18.0	19.7	1.7	5.87	9.90	4.03	K2III-IV	14	58	53.64	–	11	8	37.9	Double. The following of two. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. b. [Rho = 18", PA = 45°]
H N 63	near	NGC 5879		14596+5352	SHJ 191		5/5/1788	1823	2008	40	342	342	0	40.4	40.5	0.1	6.86	7.57	0.71	F1V F1V	14	59	34.58	+	53	51	36.7	842 Sweep. Double, 5th or 6th class, equal, 7.7m. Nebula observed in this sweep at 15h 1' 36" [II. 757], p. 10' 38", s. 3° 8'. — (927 Sweep) Double, 7.7 m.	No constellation or star name is given. The "nebula" (galaxy NGC 5879) is within 3° south preceding iota Draconis.
H V 122	near 44		Boo	15006+4717	STT 291		1/8/1782	1830	2009	35	160	156	4	35.0	35.4	0.4	6.33	9.62	3.29	B9pSiSrCr	15	0	38.72	+	47	16	38.8	Double. Near 2/3 degree s. preceding the 44th, towards the 38th Bootis. Very unequal. L. bw.; S. pr. [Rho = 34", PA = 157°]
H VI 53			Boo	15025+4745	H VI 53	AB	8/17/1781	1901	1999	3	0	358	2	86.7	87.2	0.5	8.90	10.90	2.00	G5	15	2	29.27	+	47	44	36.1	Double. It is a star more south than i. [Rho > 60"]
H I 15	44		Boo	15038+4739	STF 1909		8/17/1781	1781	2009	788	240	61	179	1.5	1.7	0.2	5.20	6.10	0.90	F7V+K4V	15	3	47.30	+	47	39	14.6	Double. In HARRIS's maps it is marked i, but has no letter in FL[AMSTEED'S] Atlas. Considerably unequal. Both w. With 227 they seem almost to touch. This is a fine object to try a telescope, and a miniature of alpha Geminorum.
H N 37	near 64		Vir	15041+0530	STF 1904		2/2/1786	1823	2007	66	347	347	0	10.8	10.2	-0.6	7.19	7.37	0.18	F0V	15	4	6.44	+	5	29	34.2	521 Sweep. Double, both 8 m.; 3d class near. 64 Virginis f. 1h 42' 7" n. 0° 3'. — (557 Sweep. 4/29/1786) Double, equal, 3d class near. 3 Serpentis p. 11' 2" n. 0° 37'.
H VI 44	24	iota	Lib	15122-1948	H VI 44	AB	5/24/1781	1781	2002	25	113	109	4	59.1	57.3	-1.8	4.53	10.87	6.34		15	12	13.31	–	19	47	29.9	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. dusky r. [Rho = ±59", PA = 113°]
H N 62	near 37	xi	Boo	15127+1917	STF 1919		4/27/1788	1796	2008	108	12	10	2	25.0	23.2	-1.8	6.71	7.38	0.67	G1V G5V	15	12	43.48	+	19	17	9.8	834 Sweep. Double, equal, 4th or 5th class, nearly in the meridian [PA = 360° or 180°] 37 (xi) Bootis f. 21' 37", n. 0° 4'. — (835 Sweep. April 28, 1788) Double, that to the north is a very little smaller, and a little following the meridian of the other. 37 (xi) Bootis f. 21' 44", n. 0° 6'. — (1006 Sweep. May 24, 1791) Double. 37 (xi) Bootis f. 21' 41", n. 0° 5'. — (Review. 7/25/1796) The most north of three that form an arch; double. Position 3 rev. + 40 parts + 8.4 for zero = 78° 23.4'. It is the double star following (xi) Bootis of the 834 Sweep. A little unequal. — (Review. 8/6/1796) the most north of three, double. Distance 0 rev. 54.6 parts +2.5 for zero = 25.0". A little unequal. L. r. S. dr.	Parallax and/or proper motion measurements indicate this is an optical pair.
H V 125	near 46		Boo	15128+2756	H V 125		2/3/1782	1783	2009	32	234	228	6	33.9	32.1	-1.8	8.43	9.46	1.03	G0V	15	12	47.74	+	27	55	35.6	Double. Near 2 degrees n. following the 46th, in a line parallel to zeta Bootis and beta Coronæ; the third star about that direction. Considerably unequal. L. r.; S. darker r. [Rho = 34", PA = 234°]
H V 131	near 24		Lib	15145-1826	SHJ 195		3/1/1783	1823	2007	24	141	141	0	49.0	46.2	-2.8	6.79	8.32	1.53	F3IV/V	15	14	28.13	–	18	25	42.7	Double. About 1-1/2 degree n. following the 24th Libræ, in a line parallel to pi and beta Scorpii. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 48"]
H VI 16	49	delta	Boo	15155+3319	STFA 27		7/23/1780	1780	2009	99	84	78	6	135.0	104.7	-30.3	3.56	7.89	4.33	G8IIICN-1	15	15	30.16	+	33	18	53.4	In dextro humero [In the right shoulder]. Double. Considerably unequal. [Rho = ±175", PA = 84°] L. reddish w.; S. w.
H V 86	12		UMa	15173+7113	H V 86	AB	9/4/1782	1893	1999	8	133	130	3	57.0	51.4	-5.6	7.30	11.00	3.70	F8	15	17	16.82	+	71	12	40.3	Treble. Extremely unequal. All three r. The nearest is the smallest. Position some degrees s. following. The farthest also south, but more following.
H III 106	5		Ser	15193+0146	STF 1930	AB	5/21/1783	1825	2009	46	39	34	5	10.7	12.0	1.3	5.06	10.11	5.05	F8V	15	19	18.79	+	1	45	55.5	Double. Excessively unequal. L. rw.; S. db. Too obscure for measures. Of the third class, far.
H V 132	near 30		Lib	15218-1510	BU 1448		3/1/1783	1903	2003	11	268	270	2	33.6	33.6	0.0	8.11	10.51	2.40	G8III/IV	15	21	48.99	–	15	9	39.6	Double. Of two between the 29th and 30th Libræ that nearest to the 30th. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = ±40"]
H I 16	2	eta	CrB	15232+3017	STF 1937	AB	9/9/1781	1781	2009	1022	31	163	132	1.0	0.6	-0.4	5.64	5.95	0.31	F8V+G0V	15	23	12.23	+	30	17	17.7	Double. A little unequal. They are whitish stars. They seem in contact with 227, and though I can see them with this power, I should certainly not have discovered them with it. I saw them also with 2010, but they are so close that this power is too much for them, at least when the altitude of the stars is not very considerable; with 460 they are as fine a miniature of i Bootis as that is of alpha Geminorum.
H VI 17	51	mu	Boo	15245+3723	STFA 28	AB	7/30/1780	1781	2009	109	170	171	1	128.0	108.9	-19.1	4.33	7.09	2.76	F2IVa G0V	15	24	29.54	+	37	22	37.1	In baculo recurvo [In the curved staff]. Double. Unequal. [Rho = 128", PA = 170°] L. reddish w.; S. pale r. See H I 17.
H I 17	near 51	[mu]	Boo	15245+3723	STF 1938	Ba,Bb	7/30/1780	1782	2009	715	357	6	9	1.5	2.2	0.7	7.09	7.63	0.54	G0V	15	24	30.97	+	37	20	49.5	Double. It is a star near mu not marked in FLAMSTEED's Catalogue. Considerably unequal. Both dusky w. inclined to r. See mu Bootis in the sixth class [H VI 17].
H V 27	near 31	[epsilon]	Lib	15282-0921	SHJ 202	AB	5/24/1781	1823	2003	36	133	133	0	52.1	52.3	0.2	6.95	7.61	0.66	K1V K5V	15	28	9.57	–	9	20	49.9	Double. The most south of three small stars in the finder. Equal, or the preceding rather the largest. Both w. inclining to pale r. [Rho = 44", PA = 130°]	An optical pair. Although the stars have identical proper motions, they are 19.9 and 20.9 parsecs from the Sun.
H IV 90	18	[zeta]	UMi	15292+8027	STF 1972	AB	10/12/1782	1823	2008	78	83	79	4	31.1	31.3	0.2	6.64	7.30	0.66		15	29	11.19	+	80	26	55.0	Propre eductionem caudæ [By the root of the tail]. Double. The largest of six or seven stars, and most south of a triangle formed by three of them. A little unequal. L. pr.; S. deeper pr. [Rho = 26", PA = 87°]
H I 42	13	delta	Ser	15348+1032	STF 1954	AB	9/3/1782	1782	2009	459	227	173	54	2.5	4.1	1.6	4.17	5.16	0.99	F0IV	15	34	48.14	+	10	32	20.0	In primo flexu colli [In the first bend of the neck]. A beautiful double star. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. greyish.
H II 23	near 11		Ser	15370-0041	HJ 1276		8/7/1780	1828	2009	14	260	259	1	5.0	5.4	0.4	9.77	10.26	0.49	F8	15	37	1.37	–	0	40	55.9	Double. It is the smallest and preceding of two in the finder. Pretty unequal. L. pale r.; S. dusky r.	The target is n. following 11 Ser by 1 degree, s. following and within 1/4th degree of 14 Ser. The true field of view of Herschel's finder was 2°; his instructions are curt.
H I 18			CrB	15379+3006	STF 1963	AB	9/10/1781	1829	2009	100	291	298	7	4.2	5.2	1.0	8.54	8.85	0.31	F8	15	37	53.73	+	30	6	10.4	Double. It is the smallest of two telescopic stars between theta and delta, not contained in FL. Cat. [Flamsteed's Catalogue]. Equal. Both d.
H IV 61	near 7	zeta	CrB	15382+3615	STF 1964	AC	7/18/1782	1782	2009	59	85	85	0	16.8	15.1	-1.7	7.85	8.06	0.21		15	38	12.96	+	36	14	48.3	Double. Near 1/2 degree s. preceding zeta, towards eta Coronæ bor. Near equal. Both pr. [Rho = 17", PA = 85°]
H N 33	near 50		Lib	15387–0847	STF 1962		5/28/1785	1825	2008	95	187	189	2	11.7	11.7	0.0	6.44	6.49	0.05	F8V F8V	15	38	40.08	–	8	47	29.4	411 Sweep. Double. 4th class near, equal. 50 Libræ p. 22' 8", s. 0°17'.
H II 8	7	zeta	CrB	15394+3638	STF 1965		10/1/1779	1779	2009	315	296	306	10	5.5	6.3	0.8	4.96	5.91	0.95	B7V B9V	15	39	22.68	+	36	38	9.0	Double. Considerably unequal. L. fine w. S. w. inclining to r.
H IV 36	28	beta	Ser	15462+1525	STF 1970	AB	8/13/1781	1781	2009	41	267	264	3	24.0	31.1	7.1	3.66	9.96	6.30	A2IV	15	46	11.21	+	15	25	18.9	In eductione colli [At the base of the neck]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. extremely faint. [Rho = 24", PA = 266°]
H N 32	near 7	zeta	CrB	15464+3627	STF 1973		5/1/1785	1823	2009	34	324	322	2	31.5	30.6	-0.9	7.60	8.79	1.19	F5	15	46	24.50	+	36	26	45.6	405 Sweep. Double, 4th or 5th class. 7 (zeta) Coronæ [Borealis] f. 7' 6", s. 0° 13'.
H VI 94	12	lambda	CrB	15558+3757	H VI 94		7/18/1782	1879	1998	14	64	67	3	98.3	91.8	-6.5	5.47	11.44	5.97	F0IV	15	55	47.59	+	37	56	49.0	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 95", PA = 57°]
H II 85	near 36	b	Ser	15559-0210	STF 1985		3/4/1783	1823	2008	173	325	354	29	6.8	6.1	-0.7	7.03	8.65	1.62	F8V	15	55	54.63	–	2	9	51.3	Double. About 1-1/2 degree n. following b, nearly in a line from the 32d continued through the 36th Serpentis. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. dw.
H III 103	near 37	epsilon	Ser	15572+0324	STF 1987		3/4/1783	1783	2005	51	320	321	1	12.5	10.6	-1.9	7.31	8.71	1.40	A0V	15	57	14.92	+	3	24	19.2	Double. Near two degrees s. following epsilon [Serpentis], in a line parallel to the 13th Serpentis and 10th Serpentarii. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. r.; but a dry fog, if I may so call it, probably tinges them too deeply.
H I 81	near 44	pi	Ser	15589+2147	STF 1990	BC	3/7/1783	1824	2007	33	28	26	2	5.1	4.1	-1.0	9.25	9.29	0.04		15	58	56.87	+	21	47	54.8	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. preceding pi, towards kappa; the most north of the two. A little unequal. Both r. A third large star in view; paler than the other two.	The star just south of the target is part of the triple star system.
H V 126	near 5	r	Her	15598+1723	STF 1993	AB	2/3/1782	1783	2009	63	38	43	5	37.9	20.7	-17.2	8.59	8.88	0.29	A0	15	59	46.92	+	17	22	34.7	Double. Near 1/2 degree s. preceding r Herculis, in a line parallel to gamma and delta Serpentis; a small star. A little unequal. Both pr. [Rho = 38", PA = 38°]	Herschel's position angle calculated by correcting "south preceding" to "north following".
H VI 93	15	rho	CrB	16010+3318	S 676		7/18/1782	1782	2002	23	145	49	96	87.7	135.3	47.6	5.47	10.51	5.04	G2V	16	1	2.65	+	33	18	12.6	Ad summum [Topmost]. Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = ±88", PA = 144°]
H V 75	near	epsilon	CrB	16011+2610	H V 75		7/18/1782	1841	2009	19	108	113	5	42.4	56.5	14.1	7.94	11.48	3.54	F2	16	1	3.91	+	26	10	20.7	Double. About 1 degree s. following epsilon, in a line parallel to theta and epsilon Coronæ; the preceding of three forming an arch. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. darker r. [Rho = 41", PA = 106°]
H I 33	51	xi	Lib	16044-1122	STF 1998	AB	5/12/1782	1782	2010	626	188	356	168	1.5	0.9	-0.6	5.16	4.87	0.29	F7V	16	4	21.63	–	11	22	24.8	Priam chelam Scorpii attingens [Before the reach of Scorpio's claw]. Treble. Without great attention, and a considerable power, it may be mistaken for a double star; but the largest of them consists of two. Very little unequal. Both w.	51 Lib is now xi Scorpius, and just above the claw in Fortin's Atlas; while xi1/xi2 (15/16) Libræ are 15° removed from Scorpio's claws. This is one of several instances where Herschel seems first to have classified a system as a double (H II 20 = STF 1998 AC, catalogued in 1780), only to come back later (here, in 1782) to identify a third (AB) component.
H II 20	1	[xi]	[Sco]	16044-1122	STF 1998	AC	5/23/1780	1780	2009	378	89	42	47	6.4	7.9	1.5	4.90	7.30	2.40	G1V	16	4	21.63	–	11	22	24.8	Double-double. The first set very unequal. L. fine w. The other set both small and obscure. (In a future collection this set will be found as a treble star of the first class, the large white star, with a power of 460 and 932, appearing to be two stars. — Herschel's footnote.)	Herschel recorded the stars as xi1/xi2 Librae, neither of which is double. The description matches xi Sco (STF 1998), which appears in the same field with STF 1999, and xi Sco is a treble star, the closer pair separated by 0.7" (conforming to Class I). The slip may have happened because xi Sco lies closer to the asterism of Libra than to Scorpius and very near the border between them.
H II 21	1	[xi]	[Sco]	16044-1127	STF 1999	AB	5/23/1780	1822	2009	152	101	101	0	10.6	13.3	2.7	7.52	8.05	0.53	K0	16	4	25.96	–	11	26	57.6
H III 7*	8	beta	Sco	16054-1948	H III 7	AC	9/19/1779	1777	2008	127	40	21	19	15.0	14.2	-0.8	2.59	4.52	1.93	B0.5V+B2V	16	5	26.23	–	19	48	19.4	Trium in fronte, ludiarum, borea [Brightest, northern of three in the head]. Double. Very unequal. L. whitish r.; S. r. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H V 8	7	kappa	Her	16081+1703	STF 2010	AB	9/20/1779	1779	2009	189	10	15	5	40.0	27.7	-12.3	5.10	6.21	1.11	G7III	16	8	4.55	+	17	2	49.2	In dextri brachii ancone [On the elbow of the right arm]. Double. A little unequal. L. r.; S. garnet; or L. pale r.; S. r. (when the stars are low the first estimation of the colours will take place). [Rho = 40", PA = 8°] Has also a third star.	The third 13th mag. component is at 62", 212°.
H I 37	near 11	phi	Her	16089+4521	STF 2015	AB	7/18/1782	1829	2007	51	159	159	0	2.7	3.0	0.3	8.24	9.52	1.28	F5	16	8	54.75	+	45	21	11.8	Double. About 1/3 degree n. following phi; in a line parallel to the 35th and 42d Herculis; the most south of two very small telescopic stars. Considerably unequal. Both reddish.
H IV 115	near 11	phi	Her	16118+4222	STF 2024		1/10/1783	1894	2009	13	45	44	1	23.5	23.7	0.2	5.86	10.73	4.87	K4III	16	11	47.60	+	42	22	28.2	Double. About 2-1/2 degrees s. of, and a little preceding phi, in a line parallel to eta and zeta Herculis; the largest of three or four. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. b. [Rho = 21", PA = 46°]
H V 6*	14	nu	Sco	16120-1928	H V 6	AC	9/19/1779	1777	2008	71	335	336	1	42.0	39.4	-2.6	4.21	6.60	2.39		16	11	59.74	–	19	27	38.3	Duarem adjacentium boreæ frontis, borea [The northern of two together in the forehead]. Double. Very unequal. Both w. [Rho = 38", PA = 335°]	A good resolution test: A has a close 5th mag. companion (rho 1.3", PA 1), and C has a close 7th mag. companion (rho 2.3", PA 55).
H II 86	near 49		Ser	16121+1155	STF 2016		3/7/1783	1830	2005	31	149	148	1	6.9	7.5	0.6	8.49	9.60	1.11	A3	16	12	7.05	+	11	54	39.2	Double. About 1-1/2 degree s. preceding the 49th, in a line with the 49th and another between this and the 49th Serpentis, each nearly at 3/4 degree distance. Very unequal. L. dw.; S. d.	49 Ser is now in Hercules, and is itself a binary.
H I 82	49		Ser	16133+1332	STF 2021	AB	3/7/1783	1783	2009	402	292	356	64	2.5	4.1	1.6	7.43	7.48	0.05		16	13	18.45	+	13	31	37.2	Double. The most north and following of two stars. A little unequal. Both pr.	Precessing Flamsteed's 1690 coordinates places 49 Ser just inside Hercules: it is labeled in MSA.
H I 3	17	sigma	CrB	16147+3352	STF 2032	AB	8/7/1780	1781	2009	1060	348	237	111	1.8	7.1	5.3	5.62	6.49	0.87	G0V G1V	16	14	40.85	+	33	51	31.0	Treble. The two nearest pretty unequal; the third very faint with powers lower than 460. The two nearest both w.; the third d.
H V 37	18	upsilon	CrB	16167+2909	SHJ 223	AB	9/21/1781	1879	2009	7	30	24	6	56.0	53.7	-2.3	5.78	11.70	5.92	A3V	16	16	44.77	+	29	9	1.1	Treble. Very unequal. L. w.; S. both r. Distance of the nearest [Rho = ±50"]; the farthest [Rho = 1.5']. (In a future collection the small star at the obtuse angular point will be found as a double star of the second or third class. — Herschel's footnote)	A pretty visual arrangement: the primary has four 11th or 12th magnitude components, arranged in an arc within PA 16° to 50° and from rho 54" to 123". The pair indicated in Herschel's footnote is CE, 14" apart and in the middle of the arc.
H V 134	4	psi	Oph	16201-2003	SHJ 225		3/24/1783	1823	2002	27	333	333	0	46.8	46.9	0.1	7.39	8.08	0.69	B9	16	20	5.49	–	20	3	23.0	Double. About 1 degree preceding and a little south of psi, in a line parallel to psi Ophiuchi and omega Scorpii; the farthest of two in the base of a triangle. Equal. [Rho = 46"]
H IV 124	4	psi	Oph	16205-2007	SHJ 226	AB-C	3/24/1783	1783	2002	32	27	20	7	15.4	12.8	-2.6	7.62	8.33	0.71	A0	16	20	30.58	–	20	6	51.8	Double. About 3/4 degree preceding and a little s. of psi, in a line parallel to psi Ophiuchi and omega Scorpii; in the base of a triangle, the nearest to psi. A little unequal. Both inclining to r. [Rho = 15", PA = 27°]	Parallax/proper motion data indicate this is an optical pair.
H IV 121	20	sigma	Sco	16212-2536	H IV 121	AB	3/1/1783	1783	1999	40	270	273	3	21.7	20.0	-1.7	2.89	8.42	5.53	B1	16	21	11.32	–	25	35	33.9	Præcedens trium lucidarum in corpore [Preceding of three shining in the body]. Double. Very unequal. L. whitish; S. r. [Rho = 22", PA = 271°]
H V 19	20	gamma	Her	16219+1909	SHJ 227	AB	9/4/1780	1780	2008	44	251	227	24	41.8	42.5	0.7	3.76	10.05	6.29	A9III	16	21	55.24	+	19	9	10.9	In dextro brachio [In the right arm]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. reddish w.; S. r. [Rho = 42", PA = 250°]
H N 81	21	nu	CrB	16224+3348	H N 81	AC	5/28/1791	1879	1998	6	237	241	4	66.4	68.3	1.9	5.39	11.30	5.91	M2IIIab	16	22	21.42	+	33	47	56.9	1014 Sweep. Double. Position sp., extremely unequal; not in WOLL. 21 Coronæ Borealis p. 0' 8", n. 0° 8'. — (Review. 3/20/1795) Fl. 20 (nu) Coronæ, consists of two equal stars 6 m. 6 m. The most north and preceding of them has a very small star on the preceding side. — (Review 3/22/1795) The preceding and the most north of the two stars 6 m. 6 m. has its little star about 50° sp. [PA = ±220], which is also nearer to the star than the small one of the former double star is to its larger one. (See H VI 18.)	A multiple system: the nearby 5.6 mag. star is the B component, recorded with its 10.2 mag. companion as H VI 18 by Herschel.
H VI 18	21	nu	CrB	16224+3348	H VI 18	BE	7/30/1780	1879	1998	8	16	16	0	104.6	99.7	-4.9	5.58	10.20	4.62	K5III	16	22	29.21	+	33	42	12.5	Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. garnet. At some considerable distance. [PA = ±10°]	Part of a multiple system, the other components of which Herschel classified as H N 81.
H V 38	[near ]	[xi]	[CrB]	16229+3220	H V 38		9/21/1781	1783	2009	33	21	17	4	36.4	31.1	-5.3	6.41	9.79	3.38	A4Vn	16	22	56.50	+	32	19	58.8	Double. It is the star between nu and xi Coronæ, the largest of a telescopic triangle. [Rho = 36"] L. w.; S. w. inclining to r.	Herschel's original locator star is 23 Herculis.
H II 88	near 51		Ser	16231+1350	STF 2040		3/8/1783	1825	2005	23	318	313	5	6.8	7.0	0.2	8.11	10.14	2.03	F2	16	23	5.73	+	13	50	23.3	Double. About 1/2 degree s. preceding the 51st, towards the 13th Serpentis. Very or extremely unequal. Both r.	Baily's edition of Flamsteed's catalog identifies 51 Serpentis with 24 omega Herculis.
H N 39	near 23	tau	Sco	16247–2942	H N 39		4/30/1786	1834	2007	62	352	358	6	4.0	4.2	0.2	5.89	6.60	0.71	G0IV G0V	16	24	39.77	–	29	42	16.7	559 Sweep. Double, 3d class near, a little unequal. Position almost in the meridian. 23 (tau) Scorpii p. 11' 22", s. 1° 24'. (It is MAYER's 664 x. L. c. 1366.)
H II 19	5	rho	Oph	16256-2327	H II 19	AB	5/2/1780	1780	2009	104	8	334	34	4.0	3.3	-0.7	5.07	5.74	0.67	B2IV B2V	16	25	35.12	–	23	26	49.6	Double. It is a star in the body of Scorpio, and the double star is at the angular point of the three telescopic g's [Harris nomenclature] making a rectangle. Pretty unequal. Both w.	This star is in Mayer's catalog (No.51). It is just inside Ophiuchus, about 3° n. preceding alpha Scorpii (Antares).
H III 102	near 29	h	Her	16294+1036	STF 2051		2/3/1783	1822	2006	42	22	19	3	14.9	13.9	-1.0	7.68	9.42	1.74	G5III	16	29	25.06	+	10	35	31.4	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. preceding h Herculis towards epsilon Serpentis; a small star. Very unequal. Both r.
H I 83	10	lambda	Oph	16309+0159	STF 2055	AB	3/9/1783	1783	2010	791	76	37	39	0.5	1.4	0.9	4.15	5.15	1.00	A0V+A0V	16	30	54.84	+	1	59	2.8	In ancone sinistri brachii [In the joint of the left forearm]. A very beautiful and close double star. L. w.; S. blue; both fine colours. Considerably or almost very unequal.
H N 3	near 48		Ser	16317+1704	H N 3	AB	3/21/1784	1903	1999	3	48	53	5	23.4	23.9	0.5	10.60	12.21	1.61		16	31	21.46	+	17	2	30.8	183 Sweep. A very pretty treble star, making an isosceles triangle, the vertex preceding, and the base in the same meridian. All equal stars w. of the 4th class near, I suppose. 48 Serpentis f. 20' 15", n. 0° 19'.
H IV 62	near 22	tau	Her	16318+4536	STF 2063		8/11/1782	1830	2007	53	194	196	2	16.3	16.3	0.0	5.69	8.70	3.01	A2V	16	31	47.23	+	45	35	53.8	Double. About 2-1/2 degrees s. following tau Herculis, in a line parallel to iota and gamma Draconis; a considerable star. Very or extremely unequal. [Rho = 17", PA = 198°]
H IV 63	42		Her	16387+4856	STF 2082		8/11/1782	1782	1996	25	94	92	2	21.5	27.2	5.7	4.90	11.80	6.90	M3III	16	38	44.89	+	48	55	41.8	Dextrum supra genu [Above the right knee]. Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. rw. [Rho = 22", PA = 94°]
H V 72†	36/37		Her	16406+0413	STFA 31	AB	5/18/1782	1777	2009	74	228	230	2	69	69.3	0.3	5.76	6.92	1.16		16	40	38.69	+	4	13	11.3	Double. A little unequal. L. bluish w.; S. reddish w. [Rho = 60", PA = 233°]
H I 36	40	zeta	Her	16413+3136	STF 2084		7/18/1782	1782	2008	817	69	185	116	1.0	1.2	0.2	2.95	5.40	2.45	G1IV	16	41	17.46	+	31	36	7.0	In dextro latere [On the right side]. A fine double star. Very unequal. L. bluish w.; S. ash-colour.
H V 127	near 41		Her	16436+0637	H V 127		2/5/1782	1840	2002	21	291	294	3	53.8	53.3	-0.5	7.81	9.04	1.23	K0	16	43	38.81	+	6	37	6.8	Double. About 3/4 degree n. preceding the 41st Herculis, in a line parallel to kappa Serpentarii [sic] and beta Herculis. Pretty unequal. Both r. [Rho = 49", PA = 290°]
H I 79	46		Her	16451+2821	STF 2095		2/5/1783	1783	2008	58	157	160	3	2.5	5.3	2.8	7.36	9.16	1.80	F7III	16	45	5.23	+	28	21	28.9	In dextro latere [On the right side]. Double. Extremely or almost excessively unequal. L. w.; S. d.
H VI 116	43		Her	16458+0835	SHJ 239	AB	1/10/1783	1783	2002	22	231	229	2	74.6	83.9	9.3	5.33	9.29	3.96	K5III	16	45	49.89	+	8	34	57.3	Double. Very unequal. L. inclining to garnet; S. r. [Rho = 75", PA = 231°]
H IV 123	19		Oph	16472+0204	STF 2096	AB	3/9/1783	1783	2009	53	93	87	6	20.5	24.0	3.5	6.09	9.68	3.59	A3V	16	47	9.76	+	2	3	52.4	Double. The most south of two. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. d. [Rho = 20", PA = 93°]
H I 19	20		Dra	16564+6502	STF 2118	AB	9/10/1781	1781	2009	276	243	67	176	0.5	1.0	0.5	7.07	7.30	0.23	F2IV	16	56	25.32	+	65	2	20.6	One of the most minute of all the double stars I have hitherto found. It is the small telescopic star near the preceding h Draconis. Considerably unequal. Both dusky w. inclining to r. They are too minute for any micrometer I have. It is in vain to look for them if every circumstance is not favorable. The observer as well as the instrument must have been long enough out in the open air to acquire the same temperature. In very cold weather, an hour at least will be required; but in a moderate temperature, half an hour will be sufficient.	This is perhaps the earliest historical reference to the issue of cooldown and thermal currents in optical instruments.
H IV 122	near 32		Oph	17016+1457	H IV 122		3/7/1783	1783	2003	22	239	237	2	19.0	18.7	-0.3	6.28	10.27	3.99	B9pCrEu	17	1	33.05	+	14	56	59.0	Double. Near 1 degree n. of, and a little preceding the 32d Ophiuchi, in a line parallel to alpha and eta Herculis. Very unequal. [Rho = 21", PA = 245°]
H III 89	Ad 63		Her	17048+2805	STF 2120	AB	11/26/1782	1783	2008	217	42	231	171	11.9	23.5	11.6	7.37	9.25	1.88	K0III	17	4	45.80	+	28	5	27.7	In linea per delta et epsilon ducta [In a line drawn between delta and epsilon]. Double. About 4 degrees from delta towards epsilon Herculis, near the 63d. Very unequal. L. r.; S. r.
H II 13	21	mu	Dra	17053+5428	STF 2130	AB	10/19/1779	1781	2009	781	232	8	136	4.4	2.4	-2.0	5.66	5.69	0.03	F7V	17	5	20.12	+	54	28	12.2	In lingua [In the tongue]. Double. Equal. Both w.
H V 133	60		Her	17054+1244	H V 133		2/26/1783	1783	2009	20	307	307	0	48.7	60.2	11.5	4.91	10.90	5.99	A4IV	17	5	22.66	+	12	44	27.1	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 48", PA = 307]
H II 2†	64	alpha	Her	17146+1423	STF 2140	AB	8/29/1779	1777	2009	458	117	104	13	9.0	4.8	-4.2	3.48	5.40	1.92	M5Ib-II	17	14	38.86	+	14	23	24.9	In capite [In the head]. A beautiful double star. Very unequal. L. r.; S. blue inclining to green; the colours with every power the same. (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)
H V 1	65	delta	Her	17150+2450	STF 3127	AB	8/9/1779	1779	2009	211	163	285	122	33.8	10.9	-22.9	3.12	8.30	5.18	A3IV	17	15	1.92	+	24	50	22.5	In sinistro humero [In the left shoulder]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r. [Rho = 34", PA = 162°]
H I 35	38	[rho]	Ser	17177-2638	H I 35		6/11/1782	1782	1998	34	331	336	5	4.0	5.8	1.8	6.94	9.09	2.15	B9.5V	17	17	39.53	–	26	37	44.6	Dextrum infra pedem [Below the right foot]. Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d.
H III 25*	39	[omicron]	[Oph]	17180-2417	H III 25		8/29/1780	1777	2010	65	0	353	7	14.0	10.3	-3.7	5.23	6.64	1.41	G8III	17	18	0.71	–	24	17	12.8	Double. It is the most south and largest of two in the finder. Very unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to blue. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	Herschel's attribution to 39 Serpentis is wrong: the star is not a binary; it and no star near it appears in Mayer's catalog; and assuming the 2° field of Herschel's finder, the only binary within that radius of 39 Ser is STF 1988, which is too wide (rho = 35") for this Class. WDS makes the attribution to omicron Ophiuchis, which fits the criterion (rho = 14") and is the southern and brighter of two stars in a finder field, but is located at the foot of Ophiuchus.
H VI 54	near	omicron	Ser	17189-2400	H VI 54	AC	8/21/1781	1909	1998	8	143	142	1	80.0	79.7	-0.3	9.73	9.74	0.01	A2III/IV	17	18	55.50	–	23	59	49.2	Double. It is a star more south than omicron. [Rho = 75"]
H V 29	53	nu	Ser	17208-1251	SHJ 247		7/16/1781	1821	2009	25	31	25	6	50.2	44.5	-5.7	4.33	9.44	5.11	A2V	17	20	49.66	–	12	50	48.8	Post dextrum femur Serpentarii [Behind the right thigh of Ophiuchus]. Double. Unequal. [Rho = ±35"].
H II 3*	75	rho	Her	17237+3709	STF 2161	AB	8/29/1779	1781	2009	361	300	320	20	3.0	4.5	1.5	4.50	5.40	0.90	B9.5III	17	23	40.97	+	37	8	45.3	Trium in sinistro femore, tertia [Third of a trio in the left thigh]. Double. Pretty unequal. Both w. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H N 5	near 58	epsilon	Her	17246+3215	H N 5	AB	5/16/1784	1903	1998	4	353	356	3	22.9	24.3	1.4	8.65	12.50	3.85	K5	17	24	35.84	+	32	14	58.9	218 Sweep. Suspected an extended nebulosity between two stars, but [magnification] 240 showed two double stars, making a parallelogram without nebulosity. 58 (epsilon) Herculis f. 22' 42", n. 1° 20'.
H I 66	near 23	beta	Dra	17290+5052	STF 2180		11/4/1782	1782	2008	123	268	261	7	3.5	3.0	-0.5	7.79	8.06	0.27	A7IV	17	28	58.17	+	50	52	13.0	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. preceding beta, in a line from nu continued through beta Draconis. Pretty unequal. Both pr.
H V 11†	24/25	nu	Dra	17322+5511	STFA 35		10/19/1779	1690	2009	166	314	312	2	71.4	62.7	-8.7	4.87	4.90	0.03	A4m A6V	17	32	15.88	+	55	10	22.1	In ore duplex [Double in the mouth]. Double. A little unequal. L. pale r.; S pale r. [Rho = 55", PA = 314°] From the right ascension and declination of these stars in FLAMSTEED'S catalogue we gather, that in his time their distance was 1'11".418 [!]; their position 44°23' n. preceding; their magnitude equal or nearly so. The difference in the distance of the two stars is so considerable, that we can hardly account for it otherwise than by admitting a proper motion in either one or the other of the stars, or in our solar system; most probably neither of the three is at rest.
H III 35	54		[Oph]	17344+1310	STF 2184	AB	8/21/1781	1783	2006	20	82	66	16	15.9	22.8	6.9	6.70	11.60	4.90	G8III	17	34	21.99	+	13	9	39.7	Double. It is the preceding of two stars in the head. Excessively unequal. L. reddish w.; S. d.	The best fit within Fortin's iconography is 54 Ophiuchi or STFA 34, not 54 Serpentis as Herschel identifies it.
H V 30	53		[Oph]	17346+0935	STFA 34	AB	7/19/1781	1782	2008	80	193	190	3	32.4	41.0	8.6	5.80	7.50	1.70	A2V	17	34	36.69	+	9	35	12.2	Double. It is a star between alpha and beta one-third of the way from alpha. Very unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r. [Rho = 32"]
H I 41	near 31	[psi]	Dra	17397+7256	H I 41		8/29/1782	1876	2006	34	341	336	5	1.4	1.0	-0.4	8.10	8.52	0.42	F2	17	39	43.81	+	72	55	42.0	A very minute double star. About 3/4 degree n. of the 31st; in a line parallel to gamma and xi Draconis; the most south and preceding of two. Considerably unequal. Both pr. or r. Requires every favourable circumstance to be seen double.
H III 104	near 83		Her	17411+2431	STF 2194	AB	3/26/1783	1783	2007	52	354	7	13	14.3	16.3	2.0	6.51	9.28	2.77		17	41	5.50	+	24	30	47.2	Double. About 1/3 degree preceding the 83rd; the second star towards the 79th Herculis. Very unequal. L. r.; S. darker r.
H IV 7	near 31	psi	Dra	17419+7209	STF 2241	AB	10/19/1779	1800	2009	147	14	16	2	32.0	30.0	-2.0	4.60	5.59	0.99	F5IV F8V	17	41	56.31	+	72	8	58.2	Prima ad psi [First (brighter) at psi]. Double. Pretty unequal. L. w.; s. pale r. [Rho = 28"]
H IV 32*	61		[Oph]	17446+0235	STF 2202	AB	7/15/1781	1777	2009	161	102	93	9	19.0	20.7	1.7	6.13	6.47	0.34	A1IV-V	17	44	34.09	+	2	34	45.9	Double. It is a star near gamma. A little unequal. L. w.; S. grey. [Rho = 19"] (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	The star is 61 Ophiuchi, north following gamma Ophiuchi, not 61 Serpentis as Herschel identifies it.
H IV 41	86	mu	Her	17465+2743	STF 2220	A,BC	10/10/1781	1781	2010	112	240	249	9	18.0	35.1	17.1	3.49	9.78	6.29	G5IV	17	46	27.51	+	27	43	14.3	Double. Excessively unequal. The small star is not visible with 227, nor with 278. I saw it very well with 460. L. inclined to pale r.; S. d. [Rho = 18", PA = 240°]	The system has widened significantly since Herschel's time.
H III 40	near 87		Her	17503+2517	STF 2232		10/10/1781	1830	2007	47	143	140	3	6.5	6.0	-0.5	6.71	8.85	2.14	A1V	17	50	15.00	+	25	17	27.6	Double. Of three stars, forming an obtuse angle, whereof FL. 87 (a star south of mu) is at the angular point, that towards Ramus Cereb. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d.
H IV 42	In constellatione		Her	17590+3003	STF 2259		10/10/1781	1781	2010	50	275	277	2	18.3	19.8	1.5	7.27	8.44	1.17	G5II	17	59	3.63	+	30	2	56.1	Double. It is a star just by nu. Considerably unequal. L. inclined to r; S. inclined to blue. [Rho = 18", PA = 275°]	South following by about 10'.
H IV 67†	40/41		Dra	18002+8000	STF 2308	AB	8/29/1782	1782	2008	138	236	232	4	20.7	18.6	-2.1	5.70	6.00	0.30	F7V F7V	18	0	9.07	+	80	0	13.7	Double. A little unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. There is a third, much smaller star. [Rho = 21" ("very accurate"), PA = 214°] (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)	The pair does not appear in Mayer's catalog.
H VI 2	67	omicron	Ser	18006+0256	H VI 2	AC	8/29/1779	1823	2009	36	143	139	4	55.2	55.9	0.7	3.96	8.06	4.10	B5Ib	18	0	38.72	+	2	55	53.7	Double. [Rho = ±75"]
H II 90	near 100		Her	18009+2633	STF 2263		3/27/1783	1825	2004	33	162	160	2	7.5	7.4	-0.1	8.73	9.93	1.20	F8	18	0	55.43	+	26	32	57.2	Double. About 1-3/4 degree n. preceding the 100th, towards mu Herculis; a very small telescopic star; the most towards mu and smallest of three forming an arch. Considerably unequal. Both dw.
H III 26*	95		Her	18015+2136	STF 2264		9/8/1780	1777	2009	253	264	256	8	9.0	6.3	-2.7	4.85	5.20	0.35	A5IIIn	18	1	30.41	+	21	35	44.8	I HEVELII 1a. Double. It is the star in the leaf nearest to Hercules's face and hand. Equal. Preceding w. Following blueish w. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	Hercules is depicted inverted north/south, with his left arm outstretched toward Lyra; south of it is a cluster of stars, including 95-98 Her, that was apprarently figured as a leafy branch in another edition of the Atlas: Fortin does not show it.
H N 6		NGC 6514	[Sgr]	18024–2302	H N 6	AC	7/12/1784	1823	1998	28	208	214	6	11.0	11.0	0.0	7.59	8.66	1.07	O8V	18	2	23.55	–	23	1	50.9	236 Sweep. Between three nebulæ (10, 11, 12, V. class) is a double star of the 2d or 3d class. 5 (i) Sagittarii f. 2' 42", n. 0° 49'	A complex multiple system, comprising seven companions of mag. 14 or greater, located visually within the three "lobes" of the Trifid Nebula (M20, NGC 6514).
H I 88	69	tau	Oph	18031-0811	STF 2262	AB	4/28/1783	1835	2009	674	193	286	93	0.4	1.6	1.2	5.27	5.86	0.59	F4IV F5V	18	3	4.91	–	8	10	48.9	In dextra manu sequens [Following the right hand]. The closest of all my double stars; can only be suspected with 460; but 932 confirms it to be a double star. Pretty unequal. Both pr. or wr.	The pair has significantly widened since Herschel's time. Herschel had a remarkable knack for identifying dynamic systems.
H II 4*	70	p	[Oph]	18055+0230	STF 2272	AB	8/29/1779	1777	2010	1700	82	131	49	7.0	5.9	-1.1	4.22	6.17	1.95	K0V K4V	18	5	27.37	+	2	29	59.3	Tres has sequitur, quasi supra mediam [Following these three, somewhat above the middle]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	Herschel recorded the star as 70 Serpentis, but 70 Ophiuchus matches the description. Neither 70 Ser nor 70 Oph appears in the Mayer catalog.
H III 56	near 72		[Oph]	18057+1200	STF 2276	AB	6/16/1782	1783	2010	127	260	257	3	7.6	6.9	-0.7	7.09	7.44	0.35	A7p	18	5	43.30	+	12	0	13.9	Double. About 2-1/2 degrees n. of the 72nd Serpentarii, a considerable star. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. d. A third star about 1' preceding.	The star called 72 Serpentis is probably 72 Ophiuchi.
H V 74	72	S	Ser	18078+1304	H V 74		6/16/1782	1783	2003	18	129	139	10	40.9	41.7	0.8	6.60	10.39	3.79	A2Vn	18	7	48.35	+	13	4	16.0	Double. More than 1 degree n. following the 56th star of the IIId Class [H III 56], nearly in a line parallel to the 62d and 72d Serpentarii. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. r. [Rho = 41", PA = ±129°]
H III 41*	[100]	i	Her	18078+2606	STF 2280	AB	10/10/1781	1777	2008	193	180	183	3	17.0	14.2	-2.8	5.81	5.84	0.03	A3V	18	7	49.56	+	26	6	4.4	Double. Equal. Preceding star w. A little inclined to r. Following w. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	The catalog entry 43 Her (SHJ 239) is not correct: its three stars show a 3-4 v.mag. difference, a separation of 80" or more, and the system does not appear in the Mayer catalog. The only Mayer item that fits is 100 Her: rho = 14", v.mag. difference 0.03.
H I 87	73		Oph	18096+0400	STF 2281	AB	4/27/1783	1783	2010	399	267	288	21	0.9	0.6	-0.3	5.97	7.52	1.55	F2V	18	9	33.86	+	3	59	35.8	A very minute double star. Considerably unequal. L. r.; S. r.
H V 93	near 103		Her	18130+2815	H V 93		9/19/1782	1880	2009	24	136	136	0	54.9	54.8	-0.1	8.16	8.28	0.12	F8	18	12	59.40	+	28	15	27.4	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. following the 103d Herculis, in a line parallel to the 1st and 10th Lyræ; the nearest of two. Equal, perhaps the following is smallest. Both r. [Rho = 48", PA = 136°]
H V 7	13	mu	Sgr	18138-2104	H V 7	AB	9/19/1779	1830	2007	18	263	258	5	12.0	17.0	5.0	3.85	10.48	6.63	B8Iape	18	13	45.81	-	21	3	31.8	In summo arcu, borealis [At the northern tip of the bow]. Treble. Two small stars near on each side. L. w.; S. both r. [Rho = 30"] One — preceding, the other — following.	Fortin's iconography indicates a star in the area between mu (13) Sagittarii and the unlabeled star HIP 88816. Mu has the flanking stars described. Three additional components, all around 10th magnitude, can be found within 45" of the primary, of which AE (BU 282, magnitude 13.2) matches the separation given.
H I 86	near 105		Her	18201+2532	STF 2309		3/27/1783	1823	2008	56	353	353	0	4.6	3.6	-1.0	9.31	9.95	0.64	A0	18	20	6.84	+	25	31	53.0	Double. One full degree n. of the 105th Herculis, in a line from the 72d Serpentarii continued through the 105th Herculis; a small telescopic star. Considerably unequal. Both dr.
H VI 14	58	eta	Ser	18213-0254	STFB 8		6/19/1780	1835	2009	23	77	55	22	110.9	250.8	139.9	3.34	10.87	7.53	K2IIIab	18	21	18.60	–	2	53	55.8	In cauda [In the tail]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. pale r.; S. d. [Rho = 81", PA = 99°]
H I 7	39		Dra	18239+5848	STF 2323	AB	10/3/1780	1780	2008	119	13	350	23	2.5	4.0	1.5	5.06	8.07	3.01	A1V	18	23	54.65	+	58	48	2.1	Trium in recta, in prima inflectione colli, borea [Three in a row in the first bend of the neck, north]. A minute double star. Extremely unequal, the small star being a fine lucid point. L. w.; S. d.
H I 12	59		Ser	18272+0012	STF 2316	AB	7/17/1781	1781	2007	155	315	320	5	3.5	3.8	0.3	5.38	7.62	2.24		18	27	12.51	+	0	11	46.1	In cauda [In the tail]. Double. Very unequal. L. reddish w.; S. fine blue.
H N 125	near 22	lambda	Sgr	18289–2503	H N 125		9/4/1801	1878	2009	38	105	106	1	3.1	2.5	-0.6	8.21	8.48	0.27	G2V	18	28	56.75	–	25	2	34.5	Review. The 2d of two nr. 22 (lambda) Sagittarii, probably double; or has a larger diameter. It is about 25' from lambda towards the stars 23, 24, 25. I am pretty sure it is double. — (Review. 9/12/1801). 20' nf. 22 (lambda) Sagittarii, double, 1st class, both very small. The smallest of 2 stars.
H N 54	near 37	k	Aql	18314–1048	STF 2325		7/10/1787	1796	2005	30	256	257	1	12.2	12.4	0.2	5.77	9.31	3.54	B2V	18	31	25.69	–	10	47	45.0	748 Sweep. Double, 3d class. Position preceding, a very little south L. w. S. d. 37 (k) Aquilæ p. 1h 3' 46", n. 0° 7'. — (Review. 8/6/1796 of 748 Sweep.) South of 1 Aquilæ, double, L. w. S. d. very unequal. Distance 0 rev. 27.0 parts +2.5 for zero = 12.9". It is difficult to measure on account of the position. Position 0 rev. +65.4 parts –1.1 for zero = 14° 28.1'. It is the preceding of two stars near 3° south of 1 Aquilæ.
H IV 59	near	alpha	Lyr	18367+3841	H IV 59		5/12/1782	1880	2005	10	304	299	5	29.8	29.9	0.1	10.18	11.30	1.12		18	36	40.54	+	38	41	28.7	Double. About 2 or 3 minutes s. preceding alpha Lyræ. Very unequal. Both d. Position of the largest with regard to alpha Lyræ 59°12' n. preceding. [mag. Rho = 22", PA = 304°]
H V 39	3	alpha	Lyr	18369+3846	H V 39	AB	9/24/1781	1792	2010	77	116	185	69	43.0	81.0	38.0	0.09	9.50	9.41	A0Va	18	36	56.33	+	38	47	1.2	In testa fulgida [Shining in the shell]. Double. Excessively unequal. By moon-light I could not see the small star with 278, and saw it with great difficulty with 460; but in the absence of the moon I have seen it very well with 227. L. fine brilliant w.; S. dusky [Rho = 38", PA = 117°] (Note added 10/22/1781: Having often measured the diameters of many of the principal fixed stars, and having always found that they measured less and less the more I magnified, I fixed upon this fine star for taking a measure with the highest power I have yet been able to apply, and upon the largest scale of my new micrometer I could conveniently use. With a power of 6450 (determined by experiments upon a known object at a known distance) I looked at this star for at least a quarter of an hour, that the eye might adapt itself to the object; having experimentally found, that the aberration by this means will appear less and less, and, in the telescope I used upon this occasion with powers from 460 to 1500, will often quite vanish, and leave a very well-defined circular disk for the apparent diameter of the stars. The diameter of alpha Lyræ, by this attention, appeared perfectly round, and occasionally separated from rays that were flashing about it. From the very brilliant appearance of the star with this great power, and a pretty accurate rough calculation founded on its apparent brightness, when observed with the naked eye, with 227, with 460, with 6450, I surmise, that it has light enough to bear being magnified at least a hundred thousand times with no more than six inches of aperture, provided we could have such a power, and other considerations would allow us to apply it. When I had as good a view as I expected to have, I took its diameter with my new micrometer upon a scale of eight inches and 4428 ten thousandth to 1" of a degree, and found it subtended an angle of 0".3553. I had no person at the clock; but suppose the time of its passing through the field of my telescope (which in this great power is purposely left undefined, and as large as possible) was less than three seconds.)	WDS tallies 14 components in the Vega system, all but 3 of them v.mag. 15 or fainter; these are field stars included for the micrometer measurement of Vega's proper motion. — Herschel's extensive observing notes merit scrutiny. The visual adaptation procedure was intended to minimize (chromatic?) "aberration", but perhaps also habituated the eye to the Airy disk motions caused by seeing. The "undefined" field was produced by Herschel's tiniest spherical lens eyepieces, which had no field stop; a Vega transit of 2.5 seconds ("less than 3 seconds") implies a useable field of view of just 30". With his 157 mm "7 foot" (f/13) reflector, a magnification of 6450 implies an eyepiece focal length of 0.32 mm and an exit pupil of 0.02 mm! In his Making Your Own Telescope (1948, p.16), Allyn Thompson reports the posthumous discovery and measurement by W.H. Steavenson of several eyepieces among Herschel's effects: the smallest had a focal length of 0.28 mm and no eye relief, so the high magnifications cited by Herschel are credible. However the theoretical diameter of the Airy disk in Herschel's full 157mm aperture would be about 1.76", almost five times larger than the measurement taken, but his claim that the disk gets smaller as magnification increases is consistent with other observations (for example, of epsilon Lyræ) and is probably the result of attenuation of the disk luminance by magnification, which causes its apparent diameter to contract toward the central peak luminance. This complicates Herschel's practice of using various magnifications to estimate binary separation (rho), or any distance estimates not established with a micrometer — which also delivers unreliable measurements when used at extremely high magnifications (as it was here). Herschel's practice of quoting distance estimates to the thousandths of an arcsecond reflects his interest in discovering very small proper motions and parallax effects, although accuracy that extreme was not possible with his instruments and methods.
H II 31	In constellatione		Dra	18389+5221	STF 2368	AB	9/6/1781	1831	2004	95	331	320	11	2.0	1.9	-0.1	7.63	7.77	0.14	A3	18	38	51.27	+	52	20	38.2	Double. A little unequal. Both w. With [magnification] 460, [separation] near 3 diameters [of primary star]. Distance 5" 7'".	Doubtful attribution. Herschel's notes are inadequate to identify a specific star; the discovery date is also out of sequence. I've supplied STF 2368 (rho = 1.9") as best matching his catalog criteria in the southeasternmost area of Draco most convenient for observation in September, but STF 2438 is also plausible. I conjecture that STF 2438 is near omicron Draconis, so would have been located in reference to it; STF 2368 is farther from a labeled star and among many brighter stars, so a positioning explanation would have been more complex to work out: night fatigue, vague morning recall or exasperation with Fortin's cartography would have deflected Herschel from details.
H IV 94	near	beta	Lyr	18421+3445	STF 2372	AB	10/19/1782	1783	2010	63	85	82	3	22.9	25.2	2.3	6.45	7.73	1.28		18	42	8.09	+	34	44	46.7	Double. Full 2 degrees n. preceding beta Lyræ, in a line parallel to the 18th and epsilon; the sixth telescopic star. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. pr. [Rho = 23", PA = 85°]	Parallax/proper motion data indicate this is an optical pair.
H V 36	2	omicron	Sct	18423-0903	H V 36	AC	7/30/1781	1831	2007	17	134	131	3	55.0	51.1	-3.9	4.73	10.56	5.83	F2IIIp	18	42	16.42	–	9	3	9.1	Double. Very unequal. L. pale r.; S. d. [Rho = 43"]	Attribution from the WDS, which lists three companion stars, all v.mag. 11 or fainter.
H VI 37	46	c	Dra	18426+5532	H VI 37	AB	10/3/1780	1879	2000	5	160	158	2	146.8	147.0	0.2	5.01	11.04	6.03		18	42	37.96	+	55	32	21.8	In flexura colli [In the bend of the neck]. Double. [Rho = 3' or 4'] A rich spot.	Attribution adopted from WDS. Very discrepant separation estimate.
H II 5*	4	epsilon1	Lyr	18443+3940	STF 2382	AB	8/29/1779	1777	2009	575	45	349	56	4.0	2.3	-1.7	5.15	6.10	0.95	A4V F1V	18	44	20.34	+	39	40	12.4	A very curious double-double star. At first sight it appears double at some considerable distance, and by attending a little we see that each of the stars is a very delicate double star. The first set consists of stars that are considerably unequal. The stars of the second set are equal, or the preceding of them rather larger than the following. The colour of the stars in the first set L. very w.; S. a little inclining to r. In the second set both w. The interval between the stars of the unequal set, with a power of 227, is full 1 diameter of L.; with 460, near 1-1/2 diameter of L.; with 932, full 1-1/2 diameter; with 2010, 2-1/3 diameters. The interval between the equal set with a power of 227 is almost 1-1/2 diameters of either; with 460, full 1-3/4 diameter; with 932, 2 diameters; with 2010, 2-1/2 diameters. These estimations are a mean of two years observations. Position of the unequal set 56° 0' n. following. Position of the equal set 72° 57' s. following. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	See the comments at alpha Lyræ (above) on Herschel's measurements of Airy disk diameters at different magnifications.
H II 6*	5	epsilon2	Lyr	18443+3940	STF 2383	CD	8/29/1779	1777	2009	588	180	79	101	2.0	2.4	0.4	5.25	5.38	0.13	A8Vn F0Vn	18	44	22.78	+	39	36	45.8
H V 2*	6	zeta	Lyr	18448+3736	STFA 38	AD	8/29/1779	1779	2009	94	152	150	2	42.0	43.5	1.5	4.34	5.62	1.28	F0IVv	18	44	46.34	+	37	36	18.2	Double. Pretty unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to pale rose colour. [AD: Rho = 42", PA = 152°]	WDS lists five components in this system, all above 22" separation from the primary; AD are the brightest pair.
H III 81	near	zeta	Lyr	18452+3819	STF 2393	AB	10/19/1782	1783	2006	28	24	22	2	9.5	17.4	7.9	7.80	10.40	2.60	K5III	18	45	10.84	+	38	18	54.6	Parvula [Very faint]. Double. Above 1/2 degree from zeta towards epsilon Lyræ. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. dr.
H II 67	near 10	beta	Lyr	18458+3431	STF 2390		10/19/1782	1825	2010	49	158	156	2	4.5	4.4	-0.1	7.37	8.56	1.19	A7V	18	45	49.83	+	34	31	6.6	Double. The 4th telescopic star about 1-1/2 degree n. preceding beta, in a line parallel to gamma and alpha Lyrae. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. dr.
H III 33	5		Aql	18465-0058	STF 2379	AB	7/30/1781	1796	2008	101	122	121	1	11.2	12.6	1.4	5.88	7.02	1.14	A2V	18	46	28.58	–	0	57	41.9	Double. It is a star preceding the two small stars north of k and l. Unequal. L. w.; S. blueish w.
H VI 50	near 12	i	Aql	18487-0600	STF 2391	AB	7/26/1781	1829	2006	28	333	332	1	37.9	38.4	0.5	6.52	9.59	3.07	A2II	18	48	39.49	–	6	0	15.5	Double. The following star of a trapezium near i, not near.
H VI 49	near 12	i	Aql	18497-0555	H VI 50	AC	7/26/1781	1833	2001	19	169	171	2	99.0	111.4	12.4	6.15	8.23	2.08	K1II	18	49	40.96	–	5	54	46.2	Double. The following star of a trapezium near i.	Doubtful attribution. The coordinates for H VI 50 in WDS identify a star in the preceding trapezium that includes R Scuti. But this leaves the identity of H VI 49 in doubt. If "near" and "not near" in Herschel's note mean "nearest" and "not nearest" to I Aquilæ, the reference star, then the star catalogued as H VI 50 is actually H VI 49. H VI 50 would then correspond to STF 2391, which however includes no companion of a class VI separation. I include the citation to STF 2391 for reference, but as uncertain.
H V 40	8	nu	Lyr	18498+3249	H V 40	AC	9/24/1781	1781	2009	21	119	120	1	56.8	57.5	0.7	5.93	10.30	4.37	B3IV	18	49	45.91	+	32	48	46.2	Treble. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. both d. One n. preceding, the other s. following. [AC: Rho = 57", PA = 119°]	In all, five stars accompany this primary; the 11th magnitude B companion is at 34", 76°.
H V 3*	10	beta	Lyr	18501+3322	STFA 39	AB	8/29/1779	1777	2009	101	143	148	5	48.0	45.4	-2.6	3.63	6.69	3.06	B7Ve+A8p	18	50	4.79	+	33	21	45.6	Duarem in jugimento borea [Northern of two in the shoulder]. Quadruple. All w. First and second considerably unequal. First and third very unequal. First and fourth very unequal. The second a little inclining to r. The third and fourth more inclining to r. [AB: Rho = 44", PA = 150°]	WDS lists seven components in this system, four above v.mag. 10.5 and all but one at 44" or greater; the A primary has a close (0.5") 8th mag. companion at PA 176.
H IV 20	47	omicron	Dra	18512+5923	STF 2420	AB	10/3/1780	1780	2010	87	0	318	42	26.7	37.0	10.3	4.77	8.26	3.49	G7III-IV	18	51	12.01	+	59	23	17.8	Double. Very unequal. L. pale r.; S. dusky r. [Rho = 27", PA = 0°]
H VI 3	11	delta	Lyr	18537+3658	H VI 3		8/29/1779	1905	2009	12	20	20	0	174.6	175.2	0.6	5.55	9.93	4.38	B2.5V	18	53	43.56	+	36	58	18.2	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = ±240"]	Very discrepant estimation of the separation.
H IV 6†	63	theta	Ser	18562+0412	STF 2417	AB	10/17/1779	1755	2009	210	106	103	3	22.1	23.0	0.9	4.59	4.93	0.34	A5V A5Vn	18	56	13.18	+	4	12	12.9	In extremitate Caudæ [At the end of the tail]. Double. Equal. Both w. [Rho = 19"] (†Observed by different astronomers before Mr. Mayer. — Herschel's footnote.)
H I 43	near 48		Dra	18575+5814	STF 2438		9/3/1782	1782	2009	185	355	359	4	1.0	0.9	-0.1	7.01	7.44	0.43	A2IV	18	57	28.47	+	58	13	30.0	A very minute double star. The most north of three, forming an arch; or that which is towards omicron Draconis. Considerably unequal. Both pale pink.
H I 58	near 12	delta2	Lyr	18584+3625	STF 2429		10/24/1782	1825	2006	31	290	285	5	5.5	5.4	-0.1	8.36	9.99	1.63	F0V	18	58	26.49	+	36	25	33.1	Inter eductionem cornuum [Between the base of the horns (of the Lyre)]. Double. About 1/2 degree following the 12th, in a line continued from the 11 through the 12th Lyrae; the last of a small telescopic triangle. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d.
H IV 93	near 4	epsilon	Lyr	18588+4041	STF 2431		10/19/1782	1828	2009	39	235	236	1	20.0	19.3	-0.7	6.17	9.61	3.44	B3V	18	58	46.59	+	40	40	45.1	Double. About 3 degrees following epsilon, in a line parallel to alpha and theta Lyræ; the largest of two. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 20", PA = 246°]	= V543
H III 32	11		Aql	18591+1338	STF 2424	AB	7/25/1781	1820	2006	88	236	300	64	20.1	20.9	0.8	5.32	9.30	3.98	F6IV	18	59	5.73	+	13	37	21.2	Double. It is the most south of two near epsilon and zeta. Excessively unequal. S. hardly visible with 227, but pretty strong with 460.
H II 93	near 13	epsilon	Aql	18599+1454	STF 2428	AB	5/25/1783	1783	2007	27	286	289	3	5.0	6.6	1.6	8.22	10.31	2.09	F2	18	59	56.53	+	14	54	39.9	Double. Near 1/4 degree south of, and a little following epsilon, towards lambda Aquilae, a very small star. Very unequal. L. dw.; S. dr.
H V 78	38	zeta	Sgr	19026-2953	H V 78	AB-C	8/4/1782	1905	2002	5	303	302	1	75.0	72.0	-3.0	2.60	10.63	8.03		19	2	36.72	–	29	52	48.4	Trium super costis sub axilla [Of the three on the rib under the armpit]. Double. Extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d. Distance Vth class. [PA = 298°] A third star. Distance about 4 times as far as the former. Position also n. preceding.
H I 60	near	lambda	Lyr	19028+3123	STF 2441	AB	10/24/1782	1830	2006	50	292	264	28	5.2	5.9	0.7	7.85	9.78	1.93	A3	19	2	41.26	+	31	23	58.5	Double. About 3/4 degree s. following lambda, in a line parallel to alpha and gamma Lyrae; a very small telescopic star. Extremely unequal. Both dr.
H I 59	near 18	iota	Lyr	19037+3545	STF 2448		10/24/1782	1825	2008	72	193	191	2	2.7	2.4	-0.3	8.75	8.80	0.05	A3	19	3	39.66	+	35	44	34.4	Double. The most south of two very small telescopic stars, which are the second pair situated in a line from iota towards beta Lyrae. A little unequal. Both d.; the faintest object that can be imagined.
H N 129	near 39	omicron	Sgr	19042–2254	H N 129		9/21/1801	1867	2008	25	306	308	2	8.1	8.0	-0.1	6.90	9.16	2.26	A0V	19	4	14.20	–	22	53	47.5	Review. 1 degree south of 39 (omicron) Sagittarii, double, 2d class near, considerably unequal.
H N 126	near 39	omicron	Sgr	19043–2132	H N 126		9/4/1801	1873	2009	105	40	188	148	1.0	1.3	0.3	7.87	8.06	0.19	F8V	19	4	20.28	–	21	31	53.7	Review. About 10' np. 39 (omicron) Sagittarii, double, very close. (It is No. 191 in Catalogue of omitted stars.)
H V 33	15	h	Aql	19050-0402	SHJ 286		7/25/1781	1800	2009	63	206	209	3	33.3	40.5	7.2	5.52	6.98	1.46	K0IV	19	4	57.67	–	4	1	53.1	Double. Unequal. Both pale r. [Rho = ±34"]	An optical pair.
H III 108	near 19		Aql	19058+0633	STF 2446	AB	7/7/1783	1825	2007	73	156	153	3	9.7	9.4	-0.3	6.97	8.88	1.91	F5	19	5	47.70	+	6	32	49.2	Double. Above 3/4 degree n. preceding the 19th, in a line parallel to beta and zeta Aquilæ. Very unequal. L. r.; S. dr.
H V 103	near 18	iota	Lyr	19060+3553	H V 103		10/24/1782	1840	2003	16	56	55	1	54.6	56.3	1.7	8.06	10.41	2.35	A2	19	5	59.37	+	35	52	50.6	Double. Full 1/2 s. preceding iota, nearly towards beta Lyræ. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 46", PA = 61°]
H III 109	near 19		Aql	19064+0709	STF 2449		7/7/1783	1783	2009	76	292	290	2	10.2	7.9	-2.3	7.20	7.72	0.52	F2V	19	6	23.04	+	7	9	20.1	Double. About 1-1/3 degree n. precedng the 19th, in a line parallel to epsilon and delta Aquilæ. Pretty unequal. Both rw.
H IV 127†	near 16	lambda	Aql	19066-0121	STF 2447	AB	5/21/1783	1827	2006	32	337	341	4	12.0	14.4	2.4	6.83	9.62	2.79	B5V	19	6	35.11	–	1	20	46.0	Double. About 2-1/2 degrees n. following the farthest of two which are about 1-1/2 degree from lambda, in a line parallel to lambda and delta Aquilæ. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. dr. [Rho = 17", PA = 340°] Mr. PIGOTT, who favoured me with it, gives its place RA 18h52'1/2±, Declination 1°0' S. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	The system is about 3-1/2° due north of lambda; the double forms a right triangle with two nearby stars of similar (7th) magnitude. Mayer records no star in Aquila.
H II 68	near [17]	rho	Lyr	19074+3230	STF 2461	AB	10/24/1782	1828	2001	67	328	290	38	2.5	3.7	1.2	5.26	9.10	3.84	F0V	19	7	25.58	+	32	30	6.2	Treble. About 2-1/2 minutes s. following rho Lyrae. The two nearest, a little unequal. Both dr. With 460, 3 full diameters. Position (AB) 8°24' n. following. The farthest as large as L. of the two nearest at least. Colour dr. Position with L. 25° 57' s. preceding. Distance of rho Lyrae, which is in view, from the two nearest 2' 17" 30'". Position 65°12', rho being n. preceding, or the double star s. following.	Unfortunately rho Lyrae does not exist in any source I have consulted, including Flamsteed. I conclude it is 17 Lyr, which is visual (v.mag. 5.3), has no Bayer letter, and has a multiple star (actually, components of its own system) lying 2 arcminutes south following. The orbital locations have changed significantly.
H V 42	near	eta	Lyr	19135+3902	SHJ 289		9/25/1781	1879	2009	27	57	57	0	39.7	39.0	-0.7	8.01	8.71	0.70	Ap	19	13	29.33	+	39	2	15.9	Double. It is a small star just by eta. A little unequal. Both r. [Rho = 38", PA = 64°]	It is about 9' south preceding eta.
H IV 2*	20	eta	Lyr	19138+3909	STF 2487	AB	8/29/1779	1777	2009	63	90	80	10	26.0	28.6	2.6	4.38	8.58	4.20	B2.5IV	19	13	45.49	+	39	8	45.5	Duarum contiguarem ad ortum a testa, borea [Northern of the two together at the edge of the Lyra's base]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 26", PA = 238°] Three other stars in view. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	Dreyer's note: "This [the PA] angle cannot refer to eta Lyræ, but possibly to the neighboring V.42, as suggested by Sadler."
H VI 56	ultima	[theta]	Lyr	19164+3808	SHJ 292	AB	9/25/1781	1823	2009	21	72	70	2	90.0	99.0	9.0	4.48	10.14	5.66	K0II	19	16	22.09	+	38	8	1.4	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r. [Rho = ±90"] Position — n. following.
H V 77	near 43	d	Sgr	19182-1852	H V 77		8/4/1782	1782	2006	16	169	160	9	36.1	37.3	1.2	6.97	10.37	3.40	B5V	19	18	10.94	–	18	51	49.7	Double. A few minutes n. following the 43d, in a line parallel to omicron and pi Saggitarii; the nearest of two. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 36", PA = 169°]
H I 14	23		Aql	19185+0105	STF 2492	AB	7/30/1781	1781	1997	51	18	4	14	3.5	3.0	-0.5	5.28	8.29	3.01	G9III	19	18	32.49	+	1	5	6.3	Double. In HARRIS'S maps it is the star in the elbow of Antinous. Excessively unequal; the small star is but just visible with 227; but with 460 it is pretty strong. L. pale r.; S. d.
H VI 120	43		Sgr	19216-1914	H VI 120	AC	8/16/1783	1899	2003	8	308	310	2	91.0	90.9	-0.1	6.22	9.96	3.74	B5V	19	21	37.11	–	19	14	3.9	Double. Near 1 degree s. following the 43d, in a line parallel to xi and omicron Sagittarii; a considerable star. Very unequal. Both dr. [Rho = 74", PA = 307°]
H VI 47	near 35		Aql	19249+0150	H VI 47		7/25/1781	1904	2003	19	95	95	0	86.7	96.8	10.1	7.99	9.03	1.04	B5	19	24	53.51	+	1	50	5.3	Double. It is one of the preceding stars of a small quartile near c, not very near.
H VI 48	near 35		Aql	19264+0149	H VI 48		7/25/1781	1904	2007	8	174	173	1	153.5	152.1	-1.4	8.33	10.67	2.34	K2	19	26	21.30	+	1	48	58.2	Double. It is also one of the preceding stars of a small quartile near c, not very near.
H N 85	near 5		Vul	19265+1953	STF 2521	AB	8/23/1792	1827	1997	36	45	33	12	15.0	27.9	12.9	5.82	10.50	4.68	K5III	19	26	28.69	+	19	53	29.8	1025 Sweep. Double, very unequal L. r. S. b. Position nf. 5 Vulpeculæ f. 0' 9", s. 0° 12'.	The stars are within Brocchi's Cluster, Cr 399. The 5.8 mag. primary has three 10.5 mag. components at separations of 30", 75" and 150".
H N 100	near 3		Vul	19266+2530	STF 2524	AB	8/25/1793	1829	2008	79	105	83	22	7.2	5.4	-1.8	9.15	9.53	0.38	A2	19	26	35.78	+	25	29	48.2	1047 Sweep. Double, equal. Position from np. to sf. 2d class. 3 Vulpeculæ f. 3' 47", s. 0° 46'.
H III 57	In Anseris corpore		[Vul]	19268+2110	STF 2523	AB	8/11/1782	1783	2008	106	149	148	1	7.0	6.3	-0.7	7.95	8.05	0.10	B3V B7V	19	26	48.38	+	21	9	46.2	[In the body of the goose.] A pretty double star. About 3/4 degree n. of a cluster of stars formed by the 4th, 5th, 7th and 9th Anseris; in a line parallel to the 6th Vulpeculæ and beta Cygni; that of two which is farthest from the cluster. A little unequal. Both r.	The cluster is Brocchi's cluster, Cr.399. The constellation Anseris is now called Vulpecula.
H II 69	near 4		Cyg	19277+3632	STF 2534		10/24/1782	1782	2010	54	61	63	2	6.0	6.9	0.9	8.21	8.39	0.18	B9III	19	27	40.63	+	36	31	44.4	Double. Near 1/2 degree n. following the 4th Cygni, in a line from gamma Lyrae continued through the 4th Cygni. A little unequal. Both w.
H IV 33	near	upsilon	Aql	19293+0015	H IV 33		7/19/1781	1901	2006	4	336	334	2	13.0	13.6	0.6	11.27	12.10	0.83		19	29	3.00	+	0	14	18.4	Treble. It is the first of two stars preceding upsilon. [Rho = 22"]	Attribution adopted from WDS. The separation estimate is unusually discrepant.
H N 119	near 52	h2	Sgr	19299–2659	H N 119		9/5/1798	1874	2006	32	142	146	4	6.0	7.7	1.7	5.61	8.82	3.21	K2III	19	29	52.18	–	26	59	8.2	1076 Sweep. 7 m. Double, extremely unequal. Position sf. 52 (h2) Sagittarii p. 7' 2", s. 2° 1', 1st class. (It is q. L.C. 1600. And MAYER's 786 z.)
H V 31	near [30]	delta	Aql	19302+0254	STF 2532	AB	7/19/1781	1829	2008	22	5	3	2	34.9	32.9	-2.0	6.09	10.60	4.51	M1III	19	30	10.53	+	2	54	14.7	Double. It is the star next but one preceding delta. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 30"]	Assuming Herschel meant "the next star but one following delta", as there are no candidate stars preceding.
H V 5†	6	beta	Cyg	19307+2758	STFA 43	AB	9/12/1779	1755	2009	258	58	55	3	34.2	34.6	0.4	3.19	4.68	1.49		19	30	43.29	+	27	57	34.9	In ore [In the mouth]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. pale r.; S. a beautiful blue. The estimation of colours the same with 227 and 460. [Rho = 40", PA = 54°]
H II 99	near 6	beta	Cyg	19321+2816	STF 2539	AC	9/15/1783	1783	2002	33	2	2	0	4.5	5.3	0.8	7.67	9.78	2.11	A0	19	32	5.91	+	28	16	0.5	Double. Near 1/2 degree n. following beta, towards xi Cygni. Very unequal. Both dw.
H V 34	near 38	A [mu]	Aql	19322+0630	BU 650	AD	7/25/1781	1891	2008	10	255	252	3	26.6	27.7	1.1	8.17	10.10	1.93	B9IVp	19	32	13.13	+	6	30	11.3	Double. It is one of two stars near A. [Rho = ±35"]	Doubtful attribution. Dreyer notes this entry was inconsistently described, and I can't confirm Herschel's presumed equivalence of A and 38 (mu) Aquilæ. The attribution is the only star within 1.5° that matches Herschel's separation with a companion brighter than 12th magnitude.
H V 104	near 4	epsilon	Sge	19364+1554	H V 104		11/6/1782	1893	2003	11	125	138	13	39.3	39.0	-0.3	7.24	9.70	2.46	F8	19	36	22.98	+	15	53	31.9	Double. Full 1/2 degree s. preceding epsilon, in a line parallel to gamma Sagittæ and gamma Aquilæ; the nearest of two. Extremely unequal. L. pr.; S. d. Distance Vth Class. [PA = 106°]
H VI 26	4	epsilon	Sge	19373+1628	H VI 26	AB	8/19/1780	1781	2006	39	82	82	0	91.9	87.2	-4.7	5.77	8.35	2.58	G9III	19	37	17.38	+	16	27	46.0	Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. r. inclining to blue. [Rho = 92", PA = 81°]
H I 13	near 37		Aql	19387-1009	STF 2545	AB	7/25/1781	1825	2008	112	316	326	10	4.5	4.0	-0.5	6.79	8.54	1.75	A9III	19	38	43.36	–	10	9	23.7	A curious treble star. It is the last star of a telescopic trifolium n. following k, similar to that in the hand of Aquarius. The two nearest very unequal; the third star excessively small, and not visible with 227.
H N 84	near 5	alpha	Sge	19394+1634	H N 84		8/22/1792	1796	2010	23	302	301	1	28.2	28.6	0.4	6.38	9.46	3.08	K4Ib	19	39	25.33	+	16	34	16.0	1024 Sweep. Double, considerably unequal. [PA = ±295°] 5 alpha Sagittæ p. 0° 46', s. 1° 24'. — (Review 10/17/1795) The double star observed in 1024 sweep at [RA = 19h 30' 57"]. Of the 5th or 6th class, very unequal. L. deep red : S. blueish or dusky. Position np. — (Review 8/6/1796) 1° south of 6 Sagittæ. Double, very unequal. Position np. — (Review 8/7/1796) 1° south of 6 Sagittæ, in a line parallel to 5 and 4 Sagittæ; a pretty small star. Distance 0 rev. 59.6 parts +2.5 for zero = 27.2".	A flawed entry. The different location directions overall make the attribution (accepted in WDS) probable, but the star precedes alpha Sagittæ by 41", not 46', and the unchanging 30" separation does not match "of the 5th or 6th class". See also H VI 26 and H VI 63.
H V 46	16		Cyg	19418+5032	STFA 46	AB	10/5/1781	1800	2009	539	141	133	8	37.0	39.9	2.9	6.00	6.23	0.23	G1.5V	19	41	49.09	+	50	31	31.6	Double. It is the star next following theta [Cygni]. Almost equal. Both pale r. [Rho = 30"]
H I 65	near	beta	Sge	19425+1726	STF 2563	AB	11/4/1782	1828	2007	27	282	285	3	6.8	5.9	-0.9	8.66	9.52	0.86	G0	19	42	28.87	+	17	25	38.9	In Nubecula [In the nebulosity]. Double. 1/3 degree n. following beta Sagittae, toward 29th Vulpeculae; the largest and most south of a cluster of small stars that appear cloudy in the finder. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. pr.
H III 110a	near [17]		Cyg	19430+3433	SEI 663		9/17/1783	1896	1998	5	300	297	3	26.9	28.0	1.1	11.30	11.48	0.18		19	43	7.72	+	34	32	54.1	Quadruple. Full 3/4 degree n. preceding the 17th, in a line parallel to sigma and alpha Cygni; a small star. The two nearest extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d. The two largest a very little unequal. Both r. The farthest very unequal. S. d. Position almost in a line with the two largest.
H III 110b	near [17]		Cyg	19435+3433	SEI 669			1896	2005	7	49	47	2	16.0	16.8	0.8	10.46	10.56	0.10		19	43	32.52	+	34	32	57.3
H IV 132	near 46		Aql	19441+1222	STF 2567	AB	8/6/1783	1783	2009	29	311	312	1	22.8	17.8	-5.0	7.93	9.96	2.03	A2V	19	44	6.10	+	12	22	21.1	Double. About 1/2 degree n. following 46 Aquilæ, in a line parallel to alpha and gamma Sagittæ. Very unequal. L. r.; S. db. [Rho = 23", PA = 312°]
H II 32	near 4		Sge	19448+1649	STF 2569		8/23/1781	1830	2006	38	2	357	5	2.4	2.1	-0.3	8.44	9.07	0.63	A0	19	44	47.81	+	16	48	55.1	Double. It is the star north following epsilon. L. pale r.; S. d.	The star immediately north following is H N 84; I conjecture the next bright star, north following epsilon by 2 degrees, is intended.
H I 91	near 50	gamma	Aql	19449+1047	STF 2570	AB-C	8/7/1783	1783	2001	42	278	283	5	3.0	4.6	1.6	7.62	9.81	2.19	B3IV-V	19	44	56.78	+	10	46	30.6	Double. About 1/3 degree n. preceding gamma, in a line parallel to gamma and zeta Aquilae; of two that nearest to gamma. Very unequal. L. dpr.; S. d.
H I 94	18	delta	Cyg	19450+4508	STF 2579	AB	9/20/1783	1783	2008	450	72	220	148	2.3	2.8	0.5	2.89	6.27	3.38	B9.5IV	19	44	58.44	+	45	7	50.5	In ancone alæ dextra [In the joint of the right wing]. Double. Very unequal. L. fine w.; S. ash colour inclining to r.
H N 109	near 17		Cyg	19458+3341	SMA 91		10/16/1795	1906	2009	8	321	323	2	6.7	6.4	-0.3	8.47	.	.		19	45	33.53	+	33	36	7.0	Review. About 10' south of 17 (chi) Cygni in a line parallel to 58 [nu] and 21 [eta], is a very small star, which is double, 1st class, nearly equal; the preceding however is the largest: 1 diameter of S.	17 Cygni is not chi Cygni, as Herschel states, but is roughly 1 degree northwest of it. The binary is 20.2 parsecs and 17 Cygni is 20.9 parsecs from Earth.
H N 13	near 21	eta	Cyg	19457+3605	STF 2578	AC	9/13/1784	1894	2006	8	358	356	2	46.2	44.3	-1.9	6.37	11.52	5.15	B9.5V	19	45	39.65	+	36	5	27.6	269 Sweep. Double. 21 (eta) Cygni p. 10' 12", n. 1° 7'.	A multiple system, with companions at or below 9th mag.
H V 137	17	chi	Cyg	19459+3501	H V 137	AB	9/22/1783	1783	2008	36	33	26	7	35.0	39.1	4.1	6.22	8.18	1.96	G9III	19	45	51.35	+	35	0	45.9	Double. About 1-1/3 degree n. of chi, towards delta Cygni; a considerable star. Considerably unequal. L. garnet; S. r. [Rho = 35", PA = 33°]
H IV 11	17	chi	Cyg	19464+3344	STF 2580	AB	11/20/1779	1822	2009	126	73	69	4	25.5	26.2	0.7	5.06	9.25	4.19	F5V	19	46	25.60	+	33	43	39.3	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. dusky r. [Rho = 24"]
H N 110	near 17		Cyg	19466+3253	S 726	AD	10/16/1795	1825	2008	25	206	191	15	33.4	29.2	-4.2	6.20	9.20	3.00	K3III	19	46	35.04	+	32	52	19.0	Review. About 3/4° or 50' south of 17 (chi) Cygni in a line parallel to 6 [beta] and 10 [iota]. A considerable star, double, 5th class, very unequal.	A compact multiple system; three more mag. 11.5 or fainter companions are within 10". The reference star 17 Cygni is itself a double, STF 2580.
H I 8	63	epsilon	Dra	19482+7016	STF 2603		10/3/1780	1781	2005	149	333	19	46	2.5	3.2	0.7	4.01	6.87	2.86	G7IIIb	19	48	10.35	+	70	16	4.5	In quadrilatero inflexionis primæ [In the first right angle]. A very minute double star. Excessively unequal; the small star can only be seen when the air is perfectly clear. L. w.; S. d.
H I 92	52	pi	Aql	19487+1149	STF 2583	AB	8/27/1783	1783	2009	354	124	105	19	1.4	1.4	0.0	6.34	6.75	0.41	A3V+F9III	19	48	42.05	+	11	48	57.3	Duarum in sinistro humero sequens [Following of two in the left upper arm]. A minute pretty double star. A little unequal. Both pr.
H II 30	8	zeta	Sgr	19490+1909	STF 2585	AB-C	8/23/1781	1781	2010	129	304	311	7	8.8	7.9	-0.9	5.04	9.01	3.97	A1V	19	48	58.65	+	19	8	31.1	Trium in arundine sequens [Following the trio in the arrow]. Double. Extremely unequal. The small star brighter with 460 than with 227 or with 278.
H III 112	near 18	delta	Cyg	19490+4423	STF 2588	A-BC	9/22/1783	1825	2008	31	160	159	1	10.4	9.6	-0.8	7.74	8.12	0.38	B8III	19	49	0.90	+	44	22	45.1	Double. About 1 degree s. following delta, towards the 47th Cygni; a pretty considerable star. Equal, or perhaps the southern star the smallest. Both pr.
H IV 99	near	delta	Sge	19500+1757	H IV 99	AB	11/6/1782	1879	2002	9	87	85	2	24.7	25.6	0.9	7.99	10.00	2.01	B7Vp+B9V	19	49	59.91	+	17	57	26.0	Treble. Of a trapezium, consisting of this treble star, delta, zeta, and the 9th Sagittæ, it is the corner opposite to zeta; the nearest to zeta of two. The two nearest very unequal. L. pr.; S. db. [Rho = ±21", PA = 90°] The two largest a little unequal; of the fifth class. [PA = 259°]
H VI 46	53	alpha	Aql	19508+0852	STFB 10	AB	7/23/1781	1781	2009	32	335	286	49	143.4	192.0	48.6	0.95	9.82	8.87	A7V	19	50	46.99	+	8	52	5.9	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 143", PA = 335°]
H II 28	near 54	[omicron]	Aql	19523+1021	STF 2590	AB	7/23/1781	1781	2007	26	307	309	2	12.0	13.5	1.5	6.50	10.31	3.81	B7V	19	52	15.58	+	10	21	5.8	Double. It is a star following omicron. Excessively unequal. The small star is not visible with 227, nor with 278. It is visible with 460; but not without attention.	The magnitude difference, not the separation, accounts for the described difficulty in recognizing the pair.
H II 95	near 55	[eta]	Aql	19525+0039	STF 2589		9/12/1783	1825	2007	54	297	294	3	5.6	4.9	-0.7	8.58	8.87	0.29	A0	19	52	32.57	+	0	38	56.3	Double. About 1/3 south of eta, in a line from alpha continued through eta Aquilae; a small star. A little unequal. Both dusky ash-coloured.
H N 120	near 66		Dra	19528+6411	STF 2604		9/13/1798	1831	2008	31	185	183	2	27.8	27.8	0.0	6.89	9.02	2.13	G5	19	52	47.68	+	64	10	33.8	1078 Sweep. Double, considerably unequal. The small star is blue, 3d or 4th class. 66 Draconis p. 12' 16", n. 2° 10'.
H III 105	near 12	gamma	Sge	19532+2017	H III 105		4/7/1783	1783	2000	6	215	214	1	16.3	16.3	0.0	10.48	11.13	0.65	B9	19	53	12.89	+	20	17	20.0	Double. About 2' preceding the double star V.106. Pretty unequal. L. r.; S. d.
H V 106	near 12	gamma	Sge	19534+2020	STFA 48	AB	11/6/1782	1782	2005	54	151	148	3	38.9	42.9	4.0	7.14	7.34	0.20	A0	19	53	22.65	+	20	20	14.1	Double. About 1-3/4 degree n. preceding gamma Sagittæ, towards the 6th Vulpeculæ; a considerable star. Equal. Both rw. [Rho = 39", PA = 151° or 61°]
H IV 14	57		Aql	19546-0814	STF 2594		8/2/1780	1781	2009	84	172	169	3	29.5	37.4	7.9	5.65	6.35	0.70	B7Vn B8V	19	54	37.65	–	8	13	38.3	Double. It is the preceding of two, near the south end of Antinous's bow. A little unequal. L. w.; S. w. inclining to r. [Rho = 29", PA = 188°]	Reference obscure. Antinous is not shown with a bow in 18th century star atlases available to me.
H II 15	24	psi	Cyg	19556+5226	STF 2605	AB	11/2/1779	1779	2008	120	181	178	3	4.0	3.0	-1.0	5.03	7.52	2.49	A4Vn	19	55	37.82	+	52	26	20.5	In ala dextra [In the right wing]. Double. Extremely unequal; the small star a mere point. L. w.; S. r.
H IV 100	13	xi	Sge	20001+1731	H IV 100	AB	11/6/1782	1896	2010	14	256	254	2	23.9	24.2	0.3	9.96	10.12	0.16	K0	20	0	10.43	+	17	30	9.1	Infra mediam arundinem [Below the middle of the shaft]. Treble. The largest of three. The two nearest equal. Both r. [Rho = 23", PA = 260°] The third is a large star.
H V 47	26	c	Cyg	20014+5006	H V 47	AB	10/8/1781	1875	2009	23	146	146	0	41.3	39.9	-1.4	5.17	8.94	3.77	K1II-III	20	1	21.55	+	50	6	16.8	Double. Very unequal. L. reddish w.; S. dusky r. [Rho = 39"]
H VI 38	65	e	Dra	20015+6449	H VI 38		10/3/1780	1894	1999	5	172	171	1	193.4	193.2	-0.2	5.41	10.72	5.31	M1III	20	1	28.54	+	64	49	15.5	Double. [Rho = ±120"]	Attribution adopted from WDS. Discrepant separation estimate.
H I 93	near 62		Aql	20017-0012	H I 93	AB	9/12/1783	1876	2009	70	294	298	4	2.1	1.8	-0.3	7.67	8.39	0.72	A0	20	1	39.17	–	0	11	56.5	A minute double star. About 3/4 degree n. preceding the 62d, in a line parallel to theta and zeta Aquilae; a pretty considerable star. Very unequal. Both inclining to pr.
H I 96	near 21	eta	Cyg	20035+3601	STF 2624	AB	9/23/1783	1823	2008	153	177	172	5	2.5	1.9	-0.6	7.09	7.73	0.64	O9.5IIIe	20	3	29.40	+	36	1	30.6	Treble. Full 1-3/4 degree n. following eta, in a fine line parallel to beta and lambda Cygni. The two nearest considerably unequal. Both pr.	See H III 113.
H II 91	near 15	z	Sge	20041+1700	STF 2622	AB	4/5/1783	1831	2009	43	194	194	0	6.0	5.8	-0.2	8.74	9.46	0.72	G5	20	4	8.99	+	17	0	2.9	Treble. About twice as far south of z Sagittae, as z and the star near it are from each other; a small star. The two nearest very unequal. L. pr.; S. r. The third with L. extremely unequal. With more light [aperture] this would be a fine object.
H V 105	near 14	y	Sge	20048+1554	STT 397		11/6/1782	1843	2004	35	169	178	9	36.0	44.9	8.9	7.40	9.60	2.20	G0V	20	4	46.86	+	15	54	11.3	Double. About 1/3 degree s. following y Sagittæ, in a line parallel to Sagitta and Delphinus. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 39", PA = 164°]
H IV 3	64		Sgr	20051-1136	H IV 3		8/26/1780	1780	1780	1	10	10	.	25.0	25.0	.	6.34	.	.	F1III	20	5	5.42	–	11	35	57.8	Double. It is the preceding star of two. Extremely unequal. [Rho = 25"]
H VI 59	near 28		Cyg	20057+3536	SHJ 316	AB	10/5/1781	1823	2009	24	324	323	1	69.5	69.6	0.1	7.79	8.82	1.03	O7IIIe	20	5	39.80	+	35	36	28.1	Double. It is a star near b. [Rho = 73"]	Doubtful attribution. Where Herschel provides no exact star location directions, I proceeded as follows. I first defined a plausible target area of sky around the locator star (in this case, the area RA 20 04 to 2014, Dec. 35° to 38° around 28 Cygni), sorted entries in WDS and within that sky area to eliminate pairs where either star is below magnitude 11.0 (generally the lower limit of stars identified in his other catalogs), then sorted again to identify stars matching in magnitude difference, position angle or separation (if possible, whenever Herschel provides them). In this case, the procedure finds 6 candidates with separations between 60" to 90". The closest matching in separation (ABH 129 AF at 71") is rejected because both stars are magnitude 11. Instead I chose SHJ 316 (rho = 70"), an 8th magnitude pair, on the grounds that the James South & John Herschel catalog (SHJ) incorporates many stars from Williiam Herschel's prior inventory, and that only stars this bright would appear remarkable against the Cygnus Milky Way background. And while the star is actually much closer to 27 than to 28 Cygni, the stars 27, 28 and 29 were known in Herschel's time as b1, b2 and b3 Cygni respectively. In any case, when such methods and inferences are involved, I mark the attribution as doubtful.
H III 113a	near 27		Cyg	20060+3547	SHJ 314	AD	9/23/1783	1783	2008	29	296	301	5	11.3	11.4	0.1	6.78	9.49	2.71	B1V	20	5	57.33	+	35	47	18.2	Quadruple and sextuple. About 1/2 degree s. preceding [following] the treble star H I 96; the middle of three, the most north whereof is the 27th Cygni. In the quadruple or n. preceding set, the two nearest very unequal; the two largest almost equal. Both r. In the sextuple or s. following set, the two largest pretty unequal. Both r. All the other stars are as small as the smallest of the quadruple set; and some of them much smaller.	The multiple stars are within NGC 6871, just south of 27 Cygni. Numerous modern attributions are included within the two WDS codes given here (for "quadruple and sextuple"): data are shown for SHJ 314 and SHJ 315.
H III 113b	near 27		Cyg	20060+3546	SHJ 315	AD	9/23/1783	1823	2009	21	236	236	0	20.5	20.2	-0.3	7.89	8.73	0.84	B5n	20	6	1.36	+	35	45	55.9
H III 63	near 65		Sgr	20068-1256	STF 2625		9/5/1782	1782	2004	22	16	5	11	14.3	12.2	-2.1	7.78	10.24	2.46	K0III	20	6	45.79	–	12	55	37.2	AD extremum paludamentum [At the edge of the cloak]. Double. Near 1/2 degree s. following the 65th Sagittarii towards zeta Capricorni. Very unequal. Too low [faint] for colours; perhaps dw.
H II 70	near 15	z	Sge	20073+1605	STF 2629		11/6/1782	1872	1998	16	190	187	3	10.0	8.9	-1.1	7.63	10.61	2.98	B9IV	20	7	20.78	+	16	4	34.7	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. following z Sagittae, in a line parallel to gamma Sagittae and gamma Delphini. Extremely unequal. Both r.; S. deeper r.	Doubtful attribution. At the right location, and the components differ by 3 magnitudes. But the separation (rho = 10") is somewhat out of class — and the spectral type is a "blue" B9!
H IV 34	near 64		Aql	20075-0037	H IV 34		7/25/1781	1896	1998	6	198	198	0	47.3	49.4	2.1	9.88	11.05	1.17	A2	20	7	36.65	–	0	36	43.3	Double. It is near a star preceding theta. [Rho = 30"]	The separation does not match the attribution, which comes from the WDS.
H II 29	near 63	[tau]	Aql	20078+0924	STF 2628		7/31/1781	1828	2009	91	350	340	10	6.0	3.0	-3.0	6.60	8.66	2.06	F3V	20	7	50.37	+	9	23	59.4	In medio capite [In the middle of the head]. Double. It is the star at the vertex of a telescopic isosceles triangle near tau. Extremely unequal. Both r.	The right triangle of seventh magnitude (telescopic) stars NE of tau contains a binary at each acute corner. I've interpreted vertex to mean STF 2628 (rho = 6" in Herschel's time) rather than STF 2635 (rho = 7").
H III 70	1	kappa	Cep	20089+7743	STF 2675	AB	9/27/1782	1782	2003	84	123	120	3	5.8	7.2	1.4	4.39	8.34	3.95	B9III	20	8	53.32	+	77	42	40.9	In dextro crure [In the right leg]. A beautiful double star. Extremely unequal. L. fine w.; S. r.
H III 24	17	theta	Sge	20099+2055	STF 2637	AB	8/19/1780	1800	2009	122	329	332	3	6.0	11.5	5.5	6.56	8.85	2.29	F3V	20	9	56.61	+	20	54	53.2	Treble. The two nearest extremely unequal. L. pale r.; S. d. Third star pale r.
H V 136	65	theta	Aql	20113-0008	S 735		9/12/1783	1783	2008	31	204	210	6	47.1	55.8	8.7	7.16	7.98	0.82	F2IV A0	20	11	18.86	–	0	7	35.3	Double. About 2/3 degree n. of theta, in a line parallel to eta and beta Aquilæ; a considerable star. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 47", PA = 204°]
H VI 92	1	xi	Cap	20118-1205	H VI 92		6/14/1782	1879	2003	11	266	264	2	51.4	83.9	32.5	8.28	10.31	2.03	G8III	20	11	46.96	–	12	4	34.6	Double. About 1/3 degree n. of xi Capricorni. Very unequal. Both r. [Rho = ±62", PA = 268°]
H N 86	near 34		Cyg	20122+3827	STT 401		9/15/1792	1847	2008	11	57	68	11	14.2	12.8	-1.4	7.32	10.62	3.30	G8II	20	12	13.15	+	38	26	35.1	1027 Sweep. 8 m. Double. Neb. IV. 72 joins to it. 34 Cygni p. 5' 10", n. 0° 28'.	The nebula is the Crescent Nebula (NGC 6888).
H VI 4	near 5/6	alpha	Cap	20124-1237	BUP 206	AB	9/19/1779	1909	1979	2	259	269	10	71.6	83.5	11.9	5.85	12.10	6.25	F7V	20	12	25.76	–	12	37	1.3	Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = ±75"] Position — s. preceding.	Doubtful attribution. Dreyer notes: "This is not alpha1 and alpha2 Capricorni, but a faint and unequal pair preceding them." The star I've chosen is 2 xi Capricorni, which corresponds to Herschel's 6th class and south preceding position angle.
H II 96	near 65	theta	Aql	20126+0052	STF 2644		9/12/1783	1783	2007	207	214	206	8	3.0	2.6	-0.4	6.92	7.06	0.14	B9p	20	12	35.09	+	0	52	0.2	Double. About 1-3/4 degree n. following theta Aquilae, towards epsilon Delphini; more accurate towards 29 Vulpeculae; a very considerable star. Nearly equal. Both rw.
H VI 10	31	[omicron1]	Cyg	20136+4644	STFA 50	AC	11/2/1779	1779	2008	38	183	174	9	100.0	106.7	6.7	3.93	6.97	3.04	K2II	20	13	37.90	+	46	44	28.8	Duarem in dextro pede sequens [Of the two in the right following foot]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. pale r.; S. blue. It is the following star of the two o's that are close together. [Rho = 100", PA = 177°]	A complex multiple system. The preceding star is 30 Cygni.
H N 72	near 20		Cyg	20136+5307	STF 2658	AB	9/7/1790	1828	2008	66	127	108	19	4.8	5.4	0.6	7.19	9.38	2.19	F5V	20	13	40.70	+	53	7	28.8	958 Sweep. Double, very unequal, with a third at no great distance preceding. 20 Cygni f. 23' 8", n. 0° 1'.	A multiple system; WDS lists three more components of mag. 13 or brighter currently at 5", 34" and 61" from the primary.
H N 55	near 17	theta	Sge	20141+2213	STF 2655	AB	8/19/1787	1825	2006	109	4	3	1	6.4	6.4	0.0	7.89	7.95	0.06	A2V	20	14	4.52	+	22	13	21.5	752 Sweep. Double, 2d class, equal, nearly in the meridian [PA = 0° or 180°]. 17 (theta) Sagittæ f. 4' 16", n. 1° 19'.	A triple system: the 10.1 mag. second companion is at rho = 60", PA = 156°.
H VI 33	32	[omicron2]	Cyg	20155+4743	S 743		11/2/1779	1824	2002	10	175	177	2	208.9	208.4	-0.5	4.16	8.36	4.20	K3Ib+B3V	20	15	28.32	+	47	42	51.2	Double. [Rho = ±120"]	The separation estimate is very discrepant.
H I 95	near 33		Cyg	20184+5524	STF 2671	AB	9/22/1783	1831	2008	102	341	338	3	3.0	3.6	0.6	6.01	7.51	1.50	A2Vs	20	18	24.76	+	55	23	49.8	Double. Full 1-1/3 degree s. following the 33d, towards xi Cygni; a pretty considerable star. Very unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to r.
H V 87	7	sigma	Cap	20194-1907	H V 87		8/29/1782	1782	2009	20	175	175	0	50.1	59.2	9.1	5.43	9.43	4.00	K3III	20	19	23.60	–	19	7	6.7	Sub oculo dextro [Below the right eye]. Double. Very or almost extremely unequal. L. r.; S. d. bluish. [Rho = 50", PA = 175°]
H VI 28	9	beta	Cap	20210-1447	STFA 52	AB	8/26/1780	1800	2002	37	268	267	1	205.5	206.0	0.5	3.15	6.08	2.93		20	21	0.67	–	14	46	53.0	Trium in sequente cornu austrina [Of the three following the southern horn]. Double. Considerably unequal. [Rho = ±180"] Position — preceding.
H N 138	near 11	rho	Cap	20222–1647	H N 138		10/12/1801	1878	2000	20	332	327	5	3.0	3.1	0.1	8.25	9.24	0.99	K2III	20	22	11.76	–	16	46	47.7	Review. Double, 1st class, very near. Very small stars. It is the angular star of a triangle of very small stars: 1-1/2° np. 11 (rho) Capricorni towards 63 Sagittarii. Considerably unequal. The preceding is the smallest.
H N 127	near 5/6	alpha	Cap	20226–1223	H N 127	AB	9/4/1801	1900	2009	7	204	205	1	42.8	43.5	0.7	8.54	10.78	2.24	K2III	20	22	35.69	–	12	22	54.8	Review. The middle one of 3 nf. alpha Capricorni is double, 2d or 3d class.
H N 89	near 3		Cep	20264+5638	STF 2687		9/16/1792	1828	2008	38	118	117	1	25.0	26.4	1.4	6.37	8.31	1.94	B9V	20	26	23.47	+	56	38	19.3	1028 Sweep. Double, a little unequal, 4th or 5th class. 3 Cephei Hevelii f. 13' 10", n. 0° 3'.	Identified by precessing Herschel's coordinates into J2000 (RA = 305.43°, Dec. = 56.69°); the star is now in Cygnus, 13' following 33 Cygni.
H V 35	near [65]	theta	Aql	20275-0206	S 749	AC	7/25/1781	1891	2002	7	314	327	13	44.9	44.6	-0.3	6.76	10.80	4.04	F7V	20	27	27.56	–	2	6	10.5	Double. It is a star near that which follows theta. Very unequal. [Rho = ±40"]	Doubtful attribution. The star following is 66 Aquilæ, but no star within 2° of it matches the description except S749, which is 2° north and actually closer to theta.
H II 51	11	rho	Cap	20289-1749	SHJ 323	AB	9/5/1782	1782	2009	66	174	215	41	3.0	1.4	-1.6	4.97	6.88	1.91	F3V	20	28	51.62	–	17	48	49.2	Trium in rostro sequens [Following of the three in the snout]. Double. Very unequal. Both rw. A third star in view.	See also H VI 29.
H VI 29	11	rho	Cap	20289-1749	SHJ 323	AD	8/26/1780	1800	2001	26	150	150	0	228.2	258.7	30.5	4.97	6.68	1.71	F3V	20	28	51.62	–	17	48	49.2	Trium in rostro media [Of the three in the middle of the snout]. Double. [Rho = ±150"]	Fortin's iconography identifies the binary stars rho, pi and omicron Capricorni. Very discrepant separation estimate. For the AB pair of this system, see H II 51.
H IV 71*	12	omicron	Cap	20299-1835	SHJ 324		9/5/1782	1777	2010	72	243	239	4	25.0	21.7	-3.3	5.91	6.68	0.77	A3Vn A7V	20	29	53.91	–	18	34	59.4	Trium in rostro austrina [Southern of three in the snout]. Double. Pretty unequal. Both rw. [Rho = 23", PA = 239°] (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	Mayer records omega Cap, not omicron.
H IV 23	In genu dextro		Cyg	20309+4913	S 755	AB	10/27/1780	1780	2002	24	277	278	1	30.0	59.3	29.3	6.64	9.72	3.08	A2	20	30	52.72	+	49	12	47.5	[In the Swan's right knee.] Double. Considerably unequal. L. reddish w.; S. d. [Rho = < 30", PA = 277°]	The specifications here and in the next are obviously inadequate to decipher this loose cluster of faint stars. Omega2 Cygni is probably intended; unfortunately all candidate binaries are similarly "excessively" unequal.
H III 16*	near	epsilon	Del	20312+1116	STF 2690	A,BC	11/15/1779	1777	2009	149	281	255	26	15.0	17.3	2.3	7.12	7.39	0.27	B8V	20	31	11.94	+	11	15	33.7	Double. It is the star south preceding epsilon. A little unequal. Both w. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H N 7	near 16	psi	Cap	20337–2541	H N 7	AD	7/12/1784	1901	2000	7	227	227	0	20.0	21.0	1.0	10.91	11.54	0.63		20	33	43.43	–	25	39	49.7	236 Sweep. A very close treble star, making a triangle, whose vertex is following. 16 (psi) Capricorni p. 11' 48", s. 0° 25'.	Actually a quadruple system, the three 11.5, 12.4 and 13.9 vmag. companions all within 20" of the primary.
H IV 78	near 3	eta	Cep	20366+6226	H IV 78		9/27/1782	1828	2002	4	121	127	6	16.0	28.5	12.5	8.10	12.00	3.90	F0	20	36	36.96	+	62	25	55.0	Double. About 1-1/4 degree preceding eta, in a line from epsilon continued through eta Cephei. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 20", PA = 49°]	WDS attribution, but position angle is very discrepant. Perhaps Herschel intended "south following" instead of "north following".
H IV 92	near	beta	Del	20368+1444	STF 2703	AB	10/17/1782	1777	2009	83	250	290	40	29.0	25.0	-4.0	8.35	8.42	0.07	A5	20	36	49.41	+	14	43	42.4	Treble. Between beta and zeta, but nearer to beta Delphini. All three nearly equal. All wr. [Rho = 22", PA = 288°]	Certain attribution despite Herschel's discrepant measurements. The 8.8 magnitude C companion is found at rho = 77", PA = 234°.
H N 134	near 14	tau	Cap	20369–1244	STF 2699	AB	10/2/1801	1826	2002	38	195	196	1	10.0	9.4	-0.6	8.03	9.22	1.19	F2IV/V	20	36	55.06	–	12	44	13.4	Review. Double, 2 degrees np. 14 Capricorni, in a line parallel to alpha and beta. It is the middle one of three small telescopic stars in that line; 2d or 3d class, considerably unequal. There is a star very near it in WOLLASTON's Catalogue.
H IV 35	6	beta	Del	20375+1436	STF 2704	AB-D	8/1/1781	1781	2009	56	348	319	29	25.9	46.7	20.8	3.68	11.40	7.72	F5IV	20	37	32.87	+	14	35	42.7	Austrina præcedens lateralis quadrilateri [South preceding corner of four]. Double. Extremely unequal. Hardly visible with 227 [magnification]; pretty strong with 460. [Rho = 26", PA = 348°], by exact estimation from a diagram.	The system has widened significantly since Herschel's time.
H IV 24	near 46	[omega2]	Cyg	20383+4804	ES 89		10/27/1780	1898	2005	12	200	210	10	15.9	21.4	5.5	6.58	11.50	4.92	G9III	20	38	16.91	+	48	4	12.2	In genu dextro [In the Swan's right knee]. Treble. Very unequal, and extremely equal. L. fine garnet; S. r.; smallest d. [Rho = < 30", PA = 314°]	The nearest plausible match in WDS, about 1-1/2° s. following 46 Cygni. It is not literally "in the knee", but that tag may have been copied from the previous entry to indicate the same general region. The system has widened significantly since Herschel's time.
H N 87	near 34		Cyg	20387+3838	STF 2708	AB	9/15/1792	1823	2004	117	1	323	38	9.6	53.3	43.7	6.83	8.67	1.84	G2V	20	38	40.04	+	38	38	8.0	1027 Sweep. Double, of the 2d class, unequal. 34 Cygni f. 21' 5", n. 0° 28'.	The pair has widened considerably since Struve measured it in 1823, so Herschel's designation as 2d class seems plausible. A quadruple system: there is a 13.3 mag. companion at rho = 17", PA = 14° and a 11.3 mag. companion at rho = 115", PA = 229°
H II 98	49		Cyg	20410+3218	STF 2716	AB	9/15/1783	1783	2004	91	58	46	12	4.0	2.8	-1.2	5.75	8.10	2.35	G2III	20	41	2.54	+	32	18	26.3	Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. bluish r.
H N 73	50	alpha	Cyg	20414+4517	H N 73		9/11/1790	1837	2008	10	103	105	2	108.5	75.6	-32.9	1.25	11.70	10.45	A2Iae	20	41	25.91	+	45	16	49.2	959 Sweep. 50 (alpha) Cygni, 2 m. It has a very small star directly following, about 1' distance. — (Review. 1/17/1809) The small star is extremely small, and in the 10 feet [Ÿ reflector] with 240 will bear no illumination for seeing the wires [of a micrometer]. Its position is a few degrees from the parallel, on the following side [PA = ±90°].
H N 101	near 1		PsA	20424–3031	H N 101		9/27/1793	1834	1998	18	318	333	15	15.0	25.3	10.3	9.67	9.85	0.18		20	42	22.51	–	30	30	57.2	1053 Sweep. Double, 3d class. Position from np. to sf., equal. 1st Piscis Australis p. 18' 59", n. 1' 46".
H II 25	52	k	Cyg	20456+3043	STF 2726		9/8/1780	1780	2006	69	59	70	11	6.0	6.0	0.0	4.20	8.70	4.50	G9III	20	45	39.76	+	30	43	10.8	Double. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. d. and extremely faint.	The bright star at the western rim of the Veil Nebula (NGC 6960), which Herschel did not discover until 1784.
H II 66	near	gamma	Del	20462+1554	STF 2725	AB	10/19/1782	1821	2009	249	356	11	15	4.1	6.1	2.0	7.54	8.20	0.66	K0	20	46	13.31	+	15	54	26.4	Double. Full 1/4 degree s. preceding gamma, towards delta Delphini. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. r.
H III 10*	12	gamma	Del	20467+1607	STF 2727		9/27/1779	1755	2009	495	280	266	14	12.0	9.0	-3.0	4.36	5.03	0.67	K1IV F7V	20	46	39.50	+	16	7	27.4	Borea sequentis lateris, quadrilateri [North following corner of the diamond]. Double. Nearly equal, the following a little larger. Both w. Distance 11".822, being a mean of the measures taken in Sept. Oct. Nov. and Dec. 1779. As I suspect a motion in one of these stars, I thought it best not to join [average] other observations in that measure. Position 4°9' n. preceding. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	The system does indeed have a significant proper motion, about 2" per decade due south.
H VI 32	54	lambda	Cyg	20474+3629	S 765	AC	9/20/1780	1834	2010	24	104	106	2	84.9	83.0	-1.9	4.76	9.65	4.89		20	47	24.53	+	36	29	26.7	Double. Extremely unequal. L. blueish w.; S. d. [Rho = ±60", PA = 103°]
H N 10	near 19		Cap	20484–1812	S 763	AB	8/10/1784	1795	2002	36	287	294	7	14.8	15.8	1.0	7.24	7.79	0.55	G8III-IV	20	48	25.96	–	18	12	6.1	247 Sweep. Double, 3d Class. 19 Capricorni p. 6' 30", s. 0° 14'. — (40 feet Journal 1st Sweep [of] Ecliptic. 9/21/1791) Double 19 Capricorni p. 6'30", s. 0° 15'. — (Review of ecliptic. 10/18/1792) Double, a little unequal, 3d or 4th class. Postion p. It is the preceding of two pretty L. [large] stars; they are near 2 degrees following 15 (upsilon) in a line parallel to 12 (omicron) and 43 (kappa) Capricorni. — (Review 10/12/1802) Double, the preceding of 2 p. L. stars, about the middle between 12 (omicron) and theta Capricorni. 3d class, a little unequal. The preceding is the smallest.
H II 100	near 51		Cyg	20487+5155	STF 2732		9/24/1783	1825	2005	40	75	72	3	4.4	4.2	-0.2	6.38	8.63	2.25	B8np	20	48	42.74	+	51	54	37.1	Double. Near two degrees n. following the 51st Cygni, in a line parallel to omicron Cygni and alpha Cephei; a pretty considerable star. Very unequal. L. w.; S. inclining to blue.
H I 44	4		Aqr	20514-0538	STF 2729	AB	9/3/1782	1783	2008	325	352	25	33	0.5	0.9	0.4	6.40	7.43	1.03	F5IV-V	20	51	25.69	–	5	37	35.9	Supra vestimentum manus sinistræ [Over the clothing in the left hand]. A minute double star. Very unequal. Both pr. A third star of the sixth class in view, n. preceding.	The figure of Aquarius holds the loose end of his loin cloth in the outstretched left hand. For the wider AC pair, see H VI 58.
H VI 58	4		Aqr	20514-0538	STF 2729	AC	10/5/1781	1912	2002	4	317	311	6	68.7	74.3	5.6	6.40	13.30	6.90	F5IV-V	20	51	25.69	–	5	37	35.9	Double. It is the most south of two in the arrow of Antinous. [Rho > 60"]	A multple system: see also H I 44. Antinous was a constellation west of Aquarius, now incorporated into Aquila. Fortin and other altases of the era show it as a male child, with no arrow. However the triangle of 3, 4 and 5 Aquarii resembles that of 5, 6 and 7 Sagittæ, now pointed toward Antinous's throat (the mythical cause of his death).
H I 61	near 1		Equ	20557+0432	STF 2735		10/26/1782	1828	2007	144	289	282	7	2.1	2.0	-0.1	6.45	7.54	1.09	G6III-IV	20	55	40.64	+	4	31	57.7	A minute double star. About 3/4 degree n. preceding the 1st Equulei; in a line parallel to alpha Equulei and gamma Aquilae; a large star. Very unequal. Both pr. A pretty object, but requires fine weather.
H I 97	near 51		Cyg	20585+5028	STF 2741	AB	9/24/1783	1783	2006	144	44	26	18	1.2	1.9	0.7	5.94	6.79	0.85	B5Vn	20	58	30.03	+	50	27	42.4	A minute double star. About 2-1/2 degrees following the 51st, in a line parallel to delta and alpha Cygnii; the largest and most south of an obtuse-angled triangle; a very considerable star. Pretty unequal. Both rw.; but S. a little darker r.
H III 21	1	epsilon	Equ	20591+0418	STF 2737	BC	8/2/1780	1874	2006	12	74	67	7	11.3	10.5	-0.8	6.31	7.05	0.74		20	59	4.46	+	4	17	36.6	Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. much inclining to r. A third small star follows at some distance.
H IV 22	59	f	Cyg	20598+4731	STF 2743	AB	10/27/1780	1828	2000	31	352	353	1	16.0	20.4	4.4	4.59	9.43	4.84	B1ne	20	59	49.55	+	47	31	15.4	Double. Extremely unequal. L. fine w.; S. d. [Rho = 18"]
H IV 113	near 61		Cyg	21023+3931	H IV 113	AB	1/6/1783	1783	2006	29	300	299	1	18.7	19.2	0.5	6.62	9.49	2.87	K3II-III	21	2	20.96	+	39	30	32.5	Double. About 1-1/4 degree n. preceding the 61st, in a line parallel to upsilon and alpha Cygni. Very or extremely unequal. L. r.; S. db. A third star in view. [Rho = 17", PA = 298°]
H I 62	near 2		Equ	21045+0746	BU 269		10/29/1782	1876	1991	29	253	240	13	1.1	1.1	0.0	8.34	10.07	1.73	F2	21	4	32.53	+	7	45	36.5	Double. About 3/4 degree s. following the 2nd Equulei, in a parallel to delta Delphini and delta Equulei. Considerably unequal. Both r.	Dreyer's note: "I.62 = Burnham 269 with an error of 1 degree".
H IV 18*	61		Cyg	21069+3845	STF 2758	AB	9/20/1780	1753	2010	1642	35	154	119	19.6	31.1	11.5	5.20	6.05	0.85	K5V K7V	21	6	53.94	+	38	44	57.8	Double. It is a star preceding tau. Pretty unequal. L. pale r.; S. r.; or L. r.; S. garnet. [Rho = 16", PA = 54°] (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H II 97	near 64	zeta	Cyg	21086+3012	STF 2762	AB	9/15/1783	1783	2006	113	315	304	11	4.0	3.4	-0.6	5.70	8.10	2.40	B9V	21	8	38.87	+	30	12	20.5	Treble. About 1 degree preceding zeta, towards the 41st Cygni; a large star. The two nearest extremely unequal. L. w.; S. pr. The third with L. extremely unequal.
H N 8	near 33		Vul	21105+2227	STF 2769		7/18/1784	1825	2009	73	301	300	1	17.7	18.0	0.3	6.65	7.42	0.77	A1V	21	10	32.07	+	22	27	16.7	240 Sweep. A double star, 33 Vulpeculæ f. 11' 18", n. 0° 8'. — (301 Sweep. 10/20/1784) Double, equal, 4th class near. 33 Vulpeculæ f. 12' 18", n. 0° 7'. — (963 Sweep. 10/3/1790) Double 4th class, equal, both considerably large. 33 Vulpeculæ f. 12' 21", n. 0° 3'.
H I 63	near 5	gamma	Equ	21110+0933	STF 2765	AB	10/29/1782	1828	2008	83	85	80	5	3.1	2.8	-0.3	8.47	8.50	0.03	A3IV	21	10	59.31	+	9	32	57.9	Double. Full 1/2 degree s. of gamma, in a line drawn from the 5th through the 6th Equulei continued. Equal. Both dr.
H I 47	near 29		Cap	21124-1500	H I 47		9/27/1782	1855	2009	88	144	309	165	2.9	4.2	1.3	8.25	8.31	0.06	G3IV G3V	21	12	22.56	–	15	0	0.0	A minute double star. About 3/4 degree n. preceding the 29th, in a line parallel to gamma and alpha Capricorni. A little unequal.
H I 48	near 6		Cep	21137+6424	H I 48		9/27/1782	1859	2007	145	246	244	2	0.9	0.3	-0.6	7.21	7.33	0.12	G2IV+G2IV	21	13	42.46	+	64	24	15.1	In dextro brachio [In the right forearm]. A very minute and beautiful double star. Near 3/4 degree preceding the 6th towards eta Cephei; a pretty considerable telescopic star. A little unequal. Both pr.
H IV 37	7	delta	Equ	21145+1000	STF 2777	AB-C	8/13/1781	1781	2009	87	78	6	72	19.5	74.1	54.6	4.54	10.17	5.63	F6V+F6V	21	14	28.81	+	10	0	25.1	Duarum in ore sequens [Following of the two in the mouth]. Double. Excessively unequal. S. hardly visible with 227; but with 460 visible at first sight. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 20", PA = 78°]
H I 46	near 13	nu	Aqr	21154-1021	STF 2776	BC	9/7/1782	1782	1998	17	341	338	3	5.9	5.9	0.0	9.92	10.90	0.98		21	15	28.26	–	10	20	1.6	Treble. About 1-3/4 degree n. following nu, in a line parallel with beta and alpha Aquarii; the middle of three that are in the same direction. The two nearest very unequal. L. rw.; S. pr.	The separation is relatively large, but Herschel compiled this catalog in terms of the overall difficulty involved in measuring each pair -- which is a product of the separation (rho), the average magnitude, and the magnitude difference. (He notes frequently the difficulty of measuring very faint stars.)
H IV 103	near 77		Dra	21156+7836	STF 2796		11/13/1782	1832	1999	40	44	42	2	24.6	26.4	1.8	7.43	9.56	2.13	A3V	21	15	35.69	+	78	35	53.6	Double. Near 3/4 degree following the 77th Draconis, in a line parallel to kappa Cephei and the 76th Draconis nearly; of a rectangular triangle the leg nearest the 77th. Very unequal. L. r.; S. bluish r. [Rho = 23", PA = 44°]	77 Dra is HIP 104105 in Cepheus. CDSA misprints the double star label (Chart 1) as STF 2769.
H I 90	near 22	beta	Aqr	21167-0739	STF 2781		7/31/1783	1825	2007	77	172	172	0	4.8	2.7	-2.1	8.69	8.87	0.18	F3V	21	16	43.31	–	7	39	18.3	Double. About 4-1/2 degrees from beta toward mu Aquarii. A little unequal. Both dw. or pr.
H IV 39	near	sigma	Cyg	21190+3945	STT 434	AB	10/1/1781	1828	2006	34	114	122	8	26.5	23.9	-2.6	6.67	9.93	3.26	B9V	21	19	0.03	+	39	44	57.6	Double. It is a star north of sigma. Extremely unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 18", PA = 120°]
H V 20	1	e	Peg	21221+1948	STFB 11	AB	9/8/1780	1780	2009	69	308	308	0	37.1	40.3	3.2	4.20	7.56	3.36	K0.5III	21	22	5.13	+	19	48	15.7	Double. Very unequal. L. pale r.; S. d. [Rho = 37", PA = 308°]
H N 139	near 29		Cap	21223–1455	BU 1262		10/12/1801	1876	1998	31	116	110	6	2.2	1.9	-0.3	8.65	9.70	1.05	F5V	21	22	16.48	–	14	55	10.7	Review. Double, 1st class, very minute stars. It is a very small star south of 2 that appear coarsely double in the finder. It follows 29 Capricorni 3/4° towards delta; and forms a triangle with 29 and the above mentioned very coarse double star of the finder.
H V 44	69		Cyg	21258+3640	S 790	AC	10/1/1781	1895	2003	22	98	99	1	53.9	53.3	-0.6	5.89	10.22	4.33		21	25	47.02	+	36	40	2.5	Treble. Very unequal. L. w.; S. both reddish. Position both — preceding.
H III 6	8	beta	Cep	21287+7034	STF 2806	AB	8/31/1779	1781	2009	97	255	250	5	13.4	14.1	0.7	3.17	8.63	5.46		21	28	39.58	+	70	33	38.5	In cingulo ad dextrum latus [In the girdle on the right flank]. Double. Very unequal. L. blueish w.; S. garnet.
H V 76	22	beta	Aqr	21316-0534	H V 76	AB	7/20/1782	1782	2008	18	326	319	7	33.3	37.0	3.7	2.91	11.00	8.09	G0Ib	21	31	33.52	–	5	34	16.2	In sinistro humero [In the left shoulder]. Double. Excessively unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = ±33", PA = 326°]
H V 28	near	beta	Cep	21319+7034	H V 28	AB	5/27/1781	1894	2000	6	339	341	2	80.0	78.9	-1.1	9.58	10.30	0.72	G5	21	31	46.47	+	70	35	48.8	Double. It is a star near beta. Extremely unequal. [Rho = 30"]	Doubtful attribution. In WDS, the two stars within 1.5° of beta Cephei that fall within the class are 14th magnitude. Beta Cephei, STF 2806, is itself a 2d class double. The Herschel attribution H V 28 is adopted from WDS, but does not fit class V.
H VI 6	39	epsilon	Cap	21371-1928	H VI 6		9/27/1779	1830	2002	15	47	46	1	60.0	67.2	7.2	4.49	10.11	5.62	B2.5Vpe	21	37	4.82	–	19	27	57.6	Duarem in eductione caudæ præcedens [Of two preceding the bend of the tail]. Double. Unequal. L. pale r. [Rho = ±75"]
H IV 38	In constellatione		Aqr	21376-0023	STF 2809		8/14/1781	1828	2008	47	164	162	2	31.1	30.6	-0.5	6.22	9.36	3.14	A2V	21	37	33.76	–	0	23	26.0	Double. It is the star in the cheek or hair of the neck. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = ±25"]	Fortin's iconography identifies a star south preceding 24 Aquarii.
H II 62	near 3		Peg	21376+0643	STT 443		10/4/1782	1830	2004	43	353	348	5	8.7	7.9	-0.8	9.47	9.67	0.20	K2	21	37	37.05	+	6	42	36.1	Double. In a line with, and north of, the two stars that are about the place of the third Pegasi. A little unequal. Both dusky r.
H V 98	3		Peg	21377+0637	STFA 56	AB	10/4/1782	1782	2008	60	353	348	5	34.7	39.0	4.3	6.18	7.50	1.32	A2V	21	37	43.64	+	6	37	6.2	Double. Pretty unequal. L. wr.; S. dr. [Rho = 35", PA = 353°]. Besides II.62, another star in view. Position ... following.
H III 71	[near]	[mu]	Cep	21390+5729	STF 2816	AC	9/27/1782	1783	2009	101	125	120	5	11.6	11.9	0.3	5.73	7.48	1.75	O6f	21	38	57.61	+	57	29	20.5	Tiaram Cephei præcedens [Preceding the crown of Cepheus]. Treble. About 1-1/2 degree preceding the garnet star [mu Cephei], in a line parallel to iota and zeta Cephei. The two nearest very unequal. L. w.; S. db. The two farthest considerably unequal. S. db. The place of the garnet star, reduced to the time of FLAMSTEED'S Catalogue, is about RA 21h. 45'. PD. 32°1/2.
H III 72	[near]	[mu]	Cep	21404+5735	STF 2819		9/27/1782	1782	2003	38	58	59	1	13.1	12.7	-0.4	7.44	8.64	1.20	F5V	21	40	21.45	+	57	34	53.7	Tiaram Cephei præcedens [Preceding the crown of Cepheus]. Double. Within 1/4 degree of the foregoing treble star. Considerably unequal. L. rw.; S. pr.
H V 43	76		Cyg	21416+4048	S 796	AB	10/1/1781	1879	2002	17	230	233	3	64.3	58.3	-6.0	6.08	9.47	3.39	A2V	21	41	34.27	+	40	48	19.2	Double. It is the third star from rho towards upsilon. Unequal. [Rho = 48"] Position — preceding.	A suspicious entry: The star Herschel identifies, 76 Cygni, is not on a line between rho (73) and upsilon Cygni; it is the third star toward upsilon from 5.5 magnitude HIP 107235, which is 6° from and does not resemble magnitude 4.0 rho Cygni. Nevertheless it is a double star, and reasonably conforms to Herschel's description.
H VI 57	79		Cyg	21434+3817	S 799	AB	10/1/1781	1824	2001	27	59	61	2	153.2	150.3	-2.9	5.69	7.00	1.31	A0V	21	43	25.63	+	38	17	1.0	Double. It is the fifth star from rho to upsilon. Unequal. L. w.; S. pale r. [Rho = 100"]	Discrepant separation estimate.
H III 15*	78	mu	Cyg	21441+2845	STF 2822	AB	10/19/1779	1777	2009	714	108	313	155	11.0	1.7	-9.3	4.75	6.18	1.43	F6V G2V	21	44	8.57	+	28	44	33.4	Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. blueish. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H VI 103	8	epsilon	Peg	21442+0953	S 798	AB	11/20/1782	1782	2008	10	323	322	1	90.9	82.7	-8.2	2.40	12.66	10.26	K2II	21	44	11.14	+	9	52	30.0	Double. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. dr. [Rho = 91", PA = 323°]
H N 43	10	kappa	Peg	21446+2539	STF 2824	AB-C	10/18/1786	1828	2004	91	307	288	19	9.5	14.5	5.0	4.13	10.80	6.67	F5IV	21	44	38.70	+	25	38	42.0	616 Sweep. 10 (kappa) Pegasi, double, extremely unequal, the small star almost n. but a little preceding; 3d class near I suppose.	The primary has a close (rho = 0.2") companion (BU 989).
H N 74	near 5		Peg	21516+1950	HJ 947	AB	10/9/1790	1827	1999	16	93	98	5	15.0	18.9	3.9	5.78	11.39	5.61	B8III	21	51	34.24	+	19	49	35.9	970 Sweep. Double, very unequal, 3 or 4° n.f., 3d or 4th class, 6 m. 5 Pegasi f. 13' 48", n. 0° 27'.	A triple system: the 13.5 mag. second companion is at rho = 24", PA = 312°.
H IV 79	near 13	mu	Cep	21520+5548	STF 2840	AB	9/27/1782	1782	2010	97	192	197	5	21.2	17.8	-3.4	5.64	6.42	0.78	B6IV-V	21	52	1.02	+	55	47	48.3	Ad coronam [With the crown]. Double. A little unequal. L. w.; S. rw. [Rho = 21", PA = 192°]	Dreyer's note: "It is not mu Cephei, as in Phil. Trans., but B. 2866 sp [south preceding] it." However no star south preceding mu Cephei fits the measurements; this area is not "with the crown" of Cepheus; and the best candidate (STF 2816) is a multiple star in a rich field. Searching the crown area turns up STF 2840 as an excellent match. (Mu Cephei is "Herschel's Garnet Star.")
H N 14	near 5		Peg	21543+1943	STF2841	A-BC	9/16/1784	1823	2007	68	110	110	0	22.1	22.0	-0.1	6.45	7.99	1.54	K0III+F7V	21	54	17.44	+	19	43	5.3	275 Sweep. Two large stars, the time and number taken between them; the second is double. 5 Pegasi f. 16' 6", n. 0° 19'.	An optical pair.
H N 131	near 49	delta	Cap	21578–1507	HJ 3071		9/12/1801	1830	2000	9	318	325	7	16.5	17.5	1.0	7.20	10.90	3.70	A2IV	21	57	47.44	–	15	7	23.8	Review. Within the triangle delta mu Capricorni and iota Aquarii, 18 more. 1 double, 3d class, very unequal.
H III 74	near 18		Peg	21580+0556	STF 2848		10/4/1782	1777	2007	89	75	56	19	16.0	10.8	-5.2	7.21	7.73	0.52	Am F2V	21	58	1.45	+	5	56	25.3	Ad oculum sinistrum [At the left eye]. Double. About 3/4 degree s. preceding the 18, in a line parallel to eta and epsilon Pegasi; the most north and largest of two. A little unequal. Both rw.
H II 16	17	xi	Cep	22038+6438	STF 2863	AB	11/5/1779	1779	2009	251	290	275	15	5.0	7.9	2.9	4.45	6.40	1.95		22	3	47.16	+	64	37	39.9	In pectore [In the chest]. A fine double star. Considerably unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. dusky grey.
H IV 126	near 22	lambda	Cep	22086+5917	STF 2872	A-BC	4/20/1783	1783	2008	54	316	316	0	18.9	21.7	2.8	7.14	7.98	0.84	B9.5V	22	8	36.04	+	59	17	22.2	Double. Less than 1/2 degree n. preceding lambda, in a line almost parallel to delta and zeta Cephei; a considerable star. A little unequal. Both dw. [Rho = 19", PA = 316°]	The v.mag. 7.9 B companion is also a physical binary, with a v.mag. 8.0 companion 0.8" distant at PA = 298.
H N 121	near 16		Cep	22106+7008	STF 2883		10/7/1798	1823	2007	53	255	252	3	14.8	14.5	-0.3	5.56	8.56	3.00	F2V	22	10	38.79	+	70	7	57.2	1081 Sweep. Double, considerably unequal, 3d or 4th class. Position preceding, or a few degrees sp. 16 Cephei f. 8' 30", s. 3° 0'.
H I 49	near 22	lambda	Cep	22118+5944	STF 2880		9/27/1782	1828	1999	20	20	352	28	8.0	4.1	-3.9	7.43	9.30	1.87	G8II	22	11	48.22	+	59	43	15.1	Double. About 1-1/4 degree n. following lambda, in a line from zeta through lambda Cephei continued. Extremely unequal. Both dw.	Doubtful attribution. Dreyer's note: "I 49 is probably = STF 2880. No double star anywhere near H's place according to [Sherburne] Burnham." If we take 1-1/4° as a misprint for 1/4°, STF 2880 fits exactly; the separation seems too large for this class, but it is also a rapidly changing system.
H IV 82	near 16		Cep	22129+7318	STF 2893		9/30/1782	1828	2007	64	349	346	3	20.0	28.8	8.8	6.19	7.91	1.72		22	12	52.76	+	73	18	25.9	In cingulo [In the girdle]. Double. Above 3/4 degree following the 16th Cephei, in a line parallel to beta and alpha Cassiopeiæ. Considerably unequal. L. orange. S. r. [Rho = 28", PA = 349°]
H N 56	41		Aqr	22143–2104	H N 56	AB	9/11/1787	1823	2008	72	121	112	9	5.2	5.3	0.1	5.63	6.72	1.09	K0III+F2V	22	14	18.02	–	21	4	28.9	754 Sweep. 41 Aquarii, double, 2d class near, very unequal. Position sf.	A triple system: the 8.9 mag. second companion is at rho = 209", PA = 43°.
H III 17	near 1		Lac	22189+3746	STF 2894	AB	11/20/1779	1779	2006	64	194	194	0	13.7	15.6	1.9	6.21	8.85	2.64	A8III	22	18	56.17	+	37	46	9.0	In extremitate caudæ Lacertæ [At the end of Lacerta's tail]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. d. inclining to r.
H N 64	near 2		Lac	22236+4521	STF 2902	AB	10/30/1788	1791	2004	58	90	88	2	5.4	6.4	1.0	7.62	8.22	0.60	G5	22	23	34.02	+	45	20	59.9	872 Sweep. Double, of the 2d class, nearly in the parallel. 2 Lacertæ f. 2' 16", s. 1° 13'.	A triple system: the 12.5 mag. second companion is located at rho = 126", PA = 47°.
H V 99	33		Peg	22237+2051	STF 2900	AC	10/4/1782	1782	2003	93	1	308	53	45.1	89.9	44.8	6.28	8.54	2.26		22	23	39.36	+	20	50	53.8	Double. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = 45", PA = 1°]
H V 95	51		Aqr	22241-0450	BU 172	AB-C	10/2/1782	1898	2005	12	342	343	1	54.4	53.1	-1.3	5.77	10.10	4.33	A0V	22	24	6.87	–	4	50	13.2	In dextro cubito [On the right elbow]. Double. Excessively unequal. L. rw.; S. d. Distance Vth Class. Position n. preceding. Two other stars in view; the nearest of them extremely unequal. Position about 80° or 90° s. preceding [PA = 175°]. The farthest very unequal. Postiion about 30° s. following [PA = 120°].	Multiple system of 5 visible stars; the primary has a 6th mag. companion at 0.4"; two other 10th mag. companions lie at a distant 123" and 130".
H N 41	53		Aqr	22266–1645	SHJ 345	AB	9/20/1786	1800	2010	236	291	43	112	12.7	1.3	-11.4	6.29	6.39	0.10	G0V G0V	22	26	34.30	–	16	44	31.9	595 Sweep. 53 Aquarii, double (cloudy). — (1050 Sweep. 9/6/1793) 53 Aquarii, double, equal; 2d class, or 3d class near. Position about 15° from np. to sf.	The WDS indicates that the B component has narrowed significantly since 1800, but was then measured at rho=13", so it is surprising Herschel does not list it. There is a third, mag. 12.8 companion.
H IV 31	near 27	delta	Cep	22284+5825	H IV 31	AB	5/27/1781	1899	2008	19	10	4	6	25.0	25.3	0.3	8.54	10.52	1.98	A0	22	28	25.95	+	58	25	20.3	Treble. It is a star near delta. [Rho = 20"]	ABout 10' preceding.
H II 7*	55	zeta	Aqr	22288-0001	STF 2909		9/12/1779	1777	2009	1208	18	169	151	3.0	2.1	-0.9	4.34	4.49	0.15	F3IV-V	22	28	49.81	–	0	1	12.2	Trium in manu dextra præcedens [Preceding of the trio in the right hand]. Double. Equal, or the preceding rather the largest. Both w. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)
H V 4	27	delta	Cep	22292+5825	STFA 58	AC	8/31/1779	1800	2009	81	195	187	8	41.7	40.8	-0.9	4.21	6.11	1.90	B7V	22	29	10.25	+	58	24	54.7	Sequitur tiaram [Following the crown]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. reddish w.; S. blueish w. [Rho = 38"]	WDS lists six components in this system; only AC are brighter than 13th magnitude.
H N 34	19		PsA	22294–2840	H N 34	AB-C	5/28/1785	1830	1998	7	307	298	9	20.0	34.2	14.2	7.30	11.00	3.70	K2III	22	29	25.85	–	28	39	34.3	430 Sweep. Double. 19 Piscis Australis p. 11' 37", n. 1° 11'.	A triple system: the primary has another companion at rho = 0.4"
H II 59	near 46	rho	Aqr	22305-0807	STF 2913		9/30/1782	1827	2004	61	320	329	9	6.0	8.6	2.6	7.78	8.60	0.82	F0V	22	30	32.80	–	8	6	52.7	Double. About 2 degrees s. following rho, in a line parallel to beta and delta Aquarii; there is a very considerable star between this and rho, not much out of line. Pretty unequal. Both dr.	This is the nearest south following binary, 2 degrees away on a line 100° from rho; the delta-beta line is 120°, and the "very considerable" star is about 1° north off the line from rho.
H IV 86	8		Lac	22359+3938	STF 2922	AB	10/4/1782	1782	2008	151	186	187	1	17.2	22.8	5.6	5.66	6.29	0.63	B2Ve B5	22	35	52.28	+	39	38	3.6	In media cauda [In the middle of the tail]. Quadruple. The two largest and nearest a little unequal. Both rw. [Rho = 17", PA = 185°] The two next very unequal, of the fourth class. The two remaining considerably unequal, of the fifth class. They form an arch.	Assuming ultima here means "last" or 16 Lac.
H V 96	near 59	upsilon	Aqr	22359-2056	H V 96		10/2/1782	1830	1998	7	248	248	0	40.0	51.5	11.5	7.71	10.07	2.36	K4III	22	35	53.95	–	20	56	5.2	Double. About 1/2 degree s. following upsilon, in a line parallel to delta and c Aquarii. Extremely unequal. Distance Vth Class near. [PA = 250-255°]
H V 97	10		Lac	22393+3903	S 813	AB	10/4/1782	1782	2002	29	51	49	2	52.6	62.2	9.6	4.84	10.30	5.46	O9V	22	39	15.68	+	39	3	1.0	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 61", PA = 51°]	Previously printed as Rho = 53", but Dryer amended it — incorrectly, it appears.
H VI 119	18	epsilon	Psc	22397-2820	H VI 119	AB	7/28/1783	1783	1991	25	158	159	1	87.0	86.5	-0.5	6.43	7.50	1.07	K0III	22	39	44.12	–	28	19	32.0	Double. About 1-1/4 degree s. of, and a little preceding epsilon Piscis austrini, in a line from delta Aquarii continued through epsilon Piscis. Pretty unequal. L. dpr. S. dr. [Rho = 87", PA = 158°]. I partly suspect the most south to be double of the 1st class. Cannot be verified to be of the 1st class on account of prismatic power of atmosphere. It would be worth while to go to the cape of good hope to view the star there.
H N 117	near	H VI 119		22397–2820	H N 117	BC	10/25/1797	1834	2000	52	59	69	10	2.0	3.1	1.1	7.49	8.61	1.12	F5IV	22	39	46.42	–	28	20	53.0	Review. The star most south of my double star VI. 119, is a double of the 1st class. Considerably unequal. Position nf. 1st class. The angle is such, that a line continued and met by one from the other star, so as to make an isosceles triangle, would meet the line of position at a little more than twice the distance of the two large stars. I verified it with 460 [magnification], after having looked a considerable time with 920, by way of getting the eye in order. A division can hardly be perceived. But the situation [altitude] is so low, that certainly the greatest difficulty of seeing the stars arises from that cause. Both together might conveniently stand between the two stars of zeta Aquarii, and leave a considerable interval on each side.	In Herschel's 6.5" f/13 telescope, the powers cited correspond to eyepiece focal lengths of 4.6mm and 2.2mm, respectively. This is actually the BC component of the triple system catalogued as H VI 119.
H VI 121	12		Lac	22415+4014	S 815		818/1783	1825	2002	16	16	15	1	72.0	69.1	-2.9	5.21	10.80	5.59	B2III	22	41	28.65	+	40	13	31.6	Double. Very unequal. L. w.; S. r. [Rho = 60", PA = 17°]
H N 140	near 63	kappa	Aqr	22421–0506	H N 140	AB	11/27/1801	1892	1998	9	262	266	4	77.0	63.1	-13.9	6.71	9.30	2.59	M0	22	42	5.99	–	5	6	6.6	Review. Double, 2d class, unequal. The south-preceding star is the smallest. It is 1° 40' sf. kappa Aquarii towards psi.	63 kappa Aquarii is also a double, HJ 5529.
H I 50	near 73	lambda	Aqr	22431-0819	STF 2935	AB	9/30/1782	1782	2007	119	311	307	4	3.0	2.4	-0.6	6.79	7.88	1.09	A5V	22	43	3.40	–	8	18	41.2	Double. About 2-1/3 degrees preceding, and a little south of lambda Aquarii; a considerable star. Very unequal. L. w.; S. dw.
H N 133	near 73	lambda	Aqr	22431–0819	STF 2935	AB	9/15/1801	1782	2007	119	311	307	4	3.0	2.4	-0.6	6.79	7.88	1.09	A5V	22	43	3.40	–	8	18	41.2	Review. Double, 1st class, 2 degrees sp. 73 (lambda) Aquarii towards sigma. — (Review. 9/16/1801) The double star 2 degrees sp. lambda Aquarii is very unequal. Position np. Distance 1 diameter of L. It is not towards sigma, but rather in a line between 57 (sigma) and 43 (theta). The third star in view is north of the double star, or a little nf. The distance of the D. star, after long looking at it, is nearly 2 diameters of L.	A multiple system: STF 2935 has two more companions (vmags. 11.0 and 12.5) about 70" north preceding.
H N 42	13		Lac	22441+4149	STT 479		10/17/1786	1828	1998	14	133	129	4	12.0	14.6	2.6	5.21	10.90	5.69	G8III	22	44	5.48	+	41	49	9.2	613 Sweep. 13 Lacertæ has an extremely small star following, 3d class.
H III 69	near 64		Aqr	22453-0939	STF 2939		9/27/1782	1782	2009	22	70	62	8	12.8	10.4	-2.4	7.44	9.30	1.86	A7III	22	45	20.80	–	9	38	40.3	In dextro femore [In the right thigh]. Double. Full 1-1/2 degree n. following the 64th, in a line parallel to lambda and phi Aquarii; the largest of two that follow a very obscure triangle in the finder. Extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. db.
H V 80	69	tau[1]	Aqr	22477-1403	STF 2943	AB	8/28/1782	1783	2007	53	110	126	16	35.6	21.0	-14.6	5.68	9.57	3.89	A0V	22	47	42.77	–	14	3	23.1	Duarum in dextra tibia borealior [Of the two in the northern right thigh]. Double. Very unequal. L. rw.; S. d. [Rho = 37", PA = 110°]
H II 57	near 72	kappa	Aqr	22478-0414	STF 2944	AB	9/27/1782	1782	2009	410	244	300	56	4.4	1.9	-2.5	7.30	7.68	0.38	G2V G4	22	47	50.19	–	4	13	44.5	Treble. About 2-1/2 degrees folloing kappa, in a line parallel to alpha and eta Aquarii. The nearest a little unequal. Both r. The two farthest a little unequal. Of the 5th class.
H I 51	near 32	iota	Cep	22490+6834	STF 2947	AB	9/30/1782	1828	2007	200	74	56	18	4.0	4.6	0.6	6.91	7.02	0.11	F4V	22	49	0.68	+	68	34	12.2	Double. About 2-14 degrees n. following iota, towards gamma Cephei; a considerable star. A little unequal. Both pr.
H VI 97	71	tau	Aqr	22496-1336	H VI 97		8/28/1782	1825	2005	18	293	296	3	133.4	131.5	-1.9	4.21	9.94	5.73	M0III	22	49	35.50	–	13	35	33.5	In dextro crure [In the right leg]. Double. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 124", PA = 289°]
H VI 100	near 32	iota	Cep	22527+6759	STTA 238	AB	9/30/1782	1783	1999	30	278	280	2	61.9	69.2	7.3	7.02	7.58	0.56	F2	22	52	42.28	+	67	59	24.5	Double. About 1-3/4 degree n. following iota, nearly towards gamma Cephei. A little unequal. Both pr. [Rho = 62", PA = 278°]
H IV 85	FL. ultima		Lac	22564+4136	STF 2960	AB	10/4/1782	1782	1998	20	350	345	5	20.5	27.6	7.1	5.56	11.32	5.76	B2IV	22	56	23.63	+	41	36	14.0	Treble. The two nearest extremely unequal. L. rw.; S. d. [Rho = 20", PA = 350°] The next very unequal. [Rho = 55", PA = 46°] A fourth and fifth star in view.	Multiple. The 9.3 magnitude C companion is at rho = 62", PA = 48°.
H N 15	near 63	kappa	Aqr	22571–0315	STF 2959	AB	9/20/1784	1832	2006	37	97	125	28	15.7	10.3	-5.4	6.65	10.18	3.53	A0	22	57	6.84	–	3	14	42.9	279 Sweep. Double. 63 (kappa) Aquarii f. 19' 18", n. 0° 57'.	A triple system; the second companion is catalogued as BU 713.
H N 90	near 80		Aqr	22597–0422	STF 2964		10/16/1792	1829	2003	26	282	280	2	9.0	8.7	-0.3	8.29	9.54	1.25	F5	22	59	41.27	–	4	21	51.8	Review of ecliptic. Double: c is the double star, and a b c d e are about the 80 Aquarii.	80 Aquarii is one of Flamsteed's many "missing" (mismeasured, mislabeled) stars, considered "lost" by later astronomers but assigned by Piazzi and Lalande to the 5.6 mag. star HIP 113686. The letters in Herschel's note refer to a diagram in which c is the apex of a chevron formed with the other four; if the diagram is inverted then "a" is HIP 113686 and "c", the double, is 8th mag. HIP 113537.
H N 35	near 74		Aqr	23008+7453	HJ 3162		9/1/1785	1831	2000	3	311	312	1	15.0	23.6	8.6	9.03	12.20	3.17	A3	23	0	47.11	+	74	53	11.3	478 Sweep. 6 m. double, very unequal. Position ... following. 74 Aquarii f. 44' 16", s. 1° 11'.
H N 135	near 74		Aqr	23024–1119	STF 2970		10/4/1801	1829	2004	27	35	38	3	8.4	8.4	0.0	8.95	9.39	0.44	F5	23	2	23.76	–	11	18	44.4	Review. Double, 1st class, both very small. One-third from 74 Aquarii towards 93 (psi). In the finder it appears to be double, owing to a star very near it.	Herschel points to a group of 4 faint stars, two of which are close binaries: STF 2970 and 10th mag. BU 481 (rho = 1.4").
H N 11	near 64		Peg	23075+3250	STF 2978		9/6/1784	1823	2008	110	148	145	3	8.7	8.4	-0.3	6.35	7.46	1.11	A3V	23	7	27.73	+	32	49	31.3	258 Sweep. Double 3d class near, 7 m. [magnitude], both taken together in time and number. 64 Pegasi p. 14' 18", n. 1° 9'.
H N 88	near 90	phi	Aqr	23092–0719	STF 2980		9/15/1792	1831	2003	22	108	109	1	4.2	4.5	0.3	8.09	10.45	2.36	K2	23	9	11.46	–	7	18	50.4	Review of ecliptic. Double (between 87 and phi 90 Aquarii).	The star is about 1/3 the distance from 87 to 90, on a line between them.
H N 16	57	m	Peg	23095+0841	STF 2982	AB	11/12/1784	1827	2006	33	205	198	7	25.0	32.6	7.6	5.29	10.06	4.77		23	9	31.45	+	8	40	37.8	313 Sweep. 57 (m) Pegasi double. Position about 20' or 30' sp. L. r. S. b., considerably unequal, 4th class.	The text gives "20 or 30°". The primary is a spectroscopic binary.
H VI 25	[2]		Cas	23097+5920	S 823	AC	8/18/1780	1824	2001	16	163	163	0	167.2	167.9	0.7	5.72	8.16	2.44		23	9	44.13	+	59	19	57.7	Double. [Rho = ±135"]	3 Cassiopeia, Herschel's original attribution, is one of Flamsteed's many "missing" (mismeasured, mislabeled) stars — in this case explained by some scholars as a dimming supernova. An exhaustive search in WDS of the area from RA 23 00 to RA 23 25 (= 4 Cas), Dec. 53° to 64° yields 2 Cas as the most likely candidate: the separation is roughly correct, and the James South catalog incorporates many of Herschel's VI stars. Another possibility is 5.5 magnitude HIP 115395, accompanied by several fainter stars.
H IV 12*	91	psi[1]	Aqr	23159-0905	STFB 12	A-BC	11/26/1779	1824	2009	51	311	313	2	49.8	50.3	0.5	4.36	9.88	5.52	K1III	23	15	53.50	-	9	5	15.9	Double. It is the first of three psi's. Unequal. [Rho = 23"] (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	The identification is certain, but the attribution does not match Herschel's measurement of separation.
H VI 61	near 7		Psc	23188+0510	STF 2999	AB	10/8/1781	1895	2008	15	171	168	3	66.0	77.6	11.6	8.90	9.17	0.27	F6Vn	23	18	46.44	+	5	11	18.7	Treble. It is a star preceding b. They form a triangle, each side of which is about 1'. [Rho =±60"]	In a note, Dreyer observes that Sherburne Burnham could not identify this star in 1901, but the attributed identification matches Herschel's description.
H III 34	94		Aqr	23191-1328	STF 2998	AB	8/20/1781	1821	2009	235	347	356	9	14.2	12.2	-2.0	5.27	6.97	1.70		23	19	6.51	–	13	27	30.4	Double. Between psi and omega towards delta. Very unequal. L. pale r.; S. d.
H N 112	near 93	psi2	Aqr	23238–0828	STF 3008		10/30/1795	1820	2008	188	275	150	125	7.5	6.4	-1.1	7.21	7.67	0.46	K0III-IV	23	23	45.32	–	8	27	36.3	Review. 1° 40' north following 93 Aquarii. A considerable star, double, pretty unequal. The preceding is the smallest. It is in a line parallel to gamma and omega Piscium. 3d class I believe.
H VI 24	4	d	Cas	23248+6217	H VI 24	AB	8/12/1780	1834	2009	19	225	225	0	97.5	95.7	-1.8	5.16	9.88	4.72	M1III	23	24	50.26	+	62	16	58.1	Treble. Two are large. [Rho = ±120"] A third is obscure. [Rho = ±105"] They form almost a rectangle.
H VI 62	8	kappa	Psc	23269+0115	S 830	AB	10/8/1781	1824	2010	16	345	343	2	150.1	176.8	26.7	4.92	9.96	5.04		23	26	55.91	+	1	15	21.0	In ventre [In the chest]. Double. [Rho = ±120"]
H V 48*	near	theta	Psc	23283+0604	H V 48		10/8/1781	1895	2003	12	4	3	1	88.2	90.9	2.7	7.43	9.54	2.11	F2	23	28	16.45	+	6	4	28.2	Double. It is a telescopic star just by theta southwards. Both d. [Rho = ±45"]	Attribution adopted from WDS, although the separation is out of class.
H N 137	near 10	theta	Psc	23307+0515	STF3019		10/6/1801	1824	2003	60	186	185	1	11.7	10.8	-0.9	7.77	8.37	0.60	A8III	23	30	40.76	+	5	14	58.0	Review. Double, 2d class, equal. It is south, and a little following theta Piscium; about 1° 10' from it, in a line towards 16.	Parallax or proper motion measurements indicate this is an optical pair.
H IV 65	near 3		Cas	23309+5825	STF 3022	AB	8/25/1782	1828	2002	22	228	226	2	17	20.7	3.7	8.34	9.94	1.6	Am	23	30	52.02	+	58	24	56.5	Double. Within 10 minutes of the 3d Cassiopeiæ. Very unequal. L. pr.; S. r. [Rho = ±21" ("very inaccurate"), PA = 221°]	Doubtful attribution. Dreyer's note: "The star of reference is not 3 Cassiopeiæ but Cephei 288 = P.XXIII.101 by subsequent MS. note. Pos. is sp [south preceding] by a diagram and not sf [south following] as in Phil. Trans." The attribution is the best matching star in WDS, using brute force search.
H II 94	near 17	iota	And	23320+4349	STF 3024		8/19/1783	1828	2008	35	308	309	1	4.0	4.9	0.9	8.63	9.35	0.72	A0	23	32	1.31	+	43	49	20.5	Double. About 1-1/3 degree n. preceding iota Andromedae in a line parallel to alpha and beta Cassiopeiae; in the side of a trapezium of four small stars. Pretty unequal. Both r.
H N 91	near 18	lambda	Psc	23407–0023	STF 3030		10/16/1792	1829	2008	46	221	223	2	2.5	2.5	0.0	8.95	9.30	0.35	F0	23	40	42.53	–	0	22	59.6	Review of ecliptic. Double, 1st class, very near, a little unequal. It is a very small star, about 2 degrees south of 18 (lambda) Piscium. With 900 [magnification] I saw them very well. The line goes to 18 and 17 (lambda and iota) Piscium.	The binary STF 3036, also "very small" (mag. 8.2), "very near" (rho = 2.6") and a little unequal (B mag. 9.6) is a likely alternative; but STF 3030 better matches the configuration of stars shown in an accompanying diagram. Both stars are equally far from the ecliptic -- and equally far (on opposite sides) from a line drawn from iota through lambda Piscium!
H N 136	near 17	iota	Psc	23412+0616	STF 3031		10/6/1801	1825	2003	39	312	310	2	14.6	14.2	-0.4	7.80	8.58	0.78	F8	23	41	11.47	+	6	15	46.0	Review. Double, 2d class, equal. It is a star 35' nf. 17 (iota) Piscium, in a line from kappa through iota.
H II 24	107	i	Aqr	23460-1841	H II 24		8/23/1780	1800	2007	119	154	136	18	3.3	6.9	3.6	5.65	6.46	0.81	A9IV F2V	23	46	0.85	–	18	40	42.1	In sequenti flexu 4a [Fourth following in the bend]. Double. In HARRIS'S maps it is marked iota. Unequal.	The instructions refer to a group of four stars in the third bend of the water poured out by Aquarius; 107 is last following in this group.
H IV 107	near 79		Peg	23469+2825	STF 3039	AB	11/20/1782	1824	2006	38	37	30	7	32.3	35.1	2.8	7.41	9.39	1.98	M0	23	46	52.41	+	28	25	11.1	Double. About 3/4 degree s. preceding the 79th, towards tau Pegasi; at the center of a trefoil. Very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 26", PA = 40°]
H I 5	8	sigma	Cas	23590+5545	STF 3049	AB	8/31/1780	1780	2004	106	331	327	4	2.5	3.2	0.7	4.99	7.24	2.25	B1V	23	59	0.53	+	55	45	17.8	In dextro cubito [In the right side]. Double. It is the star at the vertex of a telescopic isoceles triangle turned to the south. Very unequal. L. w. a little inclining to r.; S. d.
H N 58	near 25	sigma	And	23595+3343	STF 3050	AB	12/13/1787	1777	2009	599	180	336	156	4.0	2.2	-1.8	6.46	6.72	0.26	F8V	23	59	29.33	+	33	43	26.9	794 sweep. Double 7 m., 2d class, near, equal. 25 (sigma) Andromedæ p. 17' 42", s. 3° 7'. — (981 Sweep. 11/26/1790) Double, 2d class, nearly equal, [position] not far from the meridian. 73 Pegasi f. 24' 30", n. 0° 12'. — (Journal, 9/18/1794) Sp. 25 (sigma) Andromedæ, a pretty considerable star; the largest of two. A pretty double star, 1st or 2d class, very nearly equal. Position not much from the meridian. 25 Andromedæ p. 17' 42", s. 3° 7'.	A rapidly changing and frequently measured system. A triple star: the 12.8 mag. second companion is at rho = 79", PA = 297°.

†Stars in the catalog observed by different astronomers before Mr. MAYER. *Stars in the catalog observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. (Herschel's notes.)
Duplicate and Unidentified Entries

H III 44	In ore		Mon	duplication	= H III 29		10/20/1781																					[In the mouth.] Double. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. r.	Dreyer's note: "III.44 is = III.29".
H III 55	[near] 18	upsilon	CrB	duplication	= H V 37		6/14/1782																					Sequens ad boream [north following]. Double. Considerably unequal. L. dr.; S. d. [PA = 216°] Distance of the largest of the two from upsilon Coronæ 1'18"8'". Position of the same with upsilon, 64°24' n. following.	See note at H V 37. The PA 26° probably refers to the AC pair (C magnitude 10.4), and PA 216 to the BC pair (B magnitude 11.7).
H III 59	near 19		Per	duplication	= H III 36																							In capite [in the head (of Perseus)]. Double. It is perhaps the 19th Persei removed, or more likely a star not marked in FLAMSTEED'S Catalogue; the 19th being either vanished, or misplaced by FLAMSTEED. Pretty unequal. Distance 12" 2'". Position 0°0' following. L. bw.; S. br.	19 Persei does not exist, according to Wagman, due to a reduction error by Flamsteed. Herschel's comments imply he is thinking of a near visible or visible star (magnitude 7 or greater) with components differing little in magnitude. STF 331 is also in the head of Fortin's image of Perseus and matches Herschel's measurements.
H N 124	near 15		Ori	duplication	= H III 93		1/21/1800																					1093 Sweep. Double, 9.9 m. 2d or 3d class. 15 Orionis f. 22' 24", n. 1° 33'.	Herschel's magnitude description does not match the attribution, but the location from 15 Orionis, confirming the duplication, is exact.
H IV 46	[20]		Gem	duplication	= H IV 28		12/27/1781																					Double. A little unequal. Both pr. [Rho = ±25"]	Herschel identifies the star as either 20 or 21 Geminorum; Dreyer supplies the correction. The confusion creating the duplication may have arisen because "the 21st and 20th Geminorum are not in the heavens as they are marked in Flamsteed's Atlas, so that it becomes doubtful whether the No.21 is right" (Herschel's note).
H IV 116*	near 83		Peg	duplication	= H IV 9		1/13/1783																					Sequens ad austrum [south following]. Double. Equal. [Rho = 29", PA = 158°] Both w. Mr. C. MAYER, in 1777, settled its place RA 0h.52'53" in time, and 20°17'53" in declination N. (*Observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. — Herschel's footnote.)	Mayer records no star in Pegasus. Dreyer's note: "It is = IV.9, psi Piscium."
H IV 128	near 57	gamma	And	duplication	= H IV 104		7/28/1783																					Double. About 1-1/3 degree s. preceding gamma almost towards beta Andromedæ; more exact towards sigma Piscium; one not in a row of stars which are near that place. Considerably unequal. L. pr.; S. dr. [Rho = 16", PA = 66°]
H V 51	near	epsilon	Sge	duplication	= H N 84		11/23/1781																					Double. It is a star north following epsilon. Extremely unequal. [Rho = 33"] L. r.; S. blue.
H V 56	15		Gem	duplication	= H V 52		1/30/1782																					Dextrum prioris II pedem attingens [Touching the right foot of the first Twin]. Double. Considerably or very unequal. L. r.; S. d. [Rho = 33", PA = 210°]	This duplication with H V 52, entered just five weeks earlier, illustrates the poorly edited condition of Herschel's catalogs and perhaps also the hectic and tiring pace of his observational work.
H V 113*	near 11		Ori	duplication	= H V 57		12/7/1782																					Treble. About 1-1/2 degree s. preceding the 11th Orionis, towards iota Tauri. The two largest considerably unequal. L. w.; S. pr. [Rho = 38", PA = 304°] The third farther off and smaller. S. r. Position n. following.	Confused entry. 105 (iota) Tauri is north following 11 Orionis, so a star in that direction cannot be south preceding. Herschel's positional measurements match the attribution (a duplication of H V 57); perhaps omicron2 Orionis was the intended reference star.
H VI 91	24	gamma	Gem	duplication	= H V 71		4/15/1782																					Double. Three or four minutes n. of gamma Geminorum. Considerably unequal. Both small; too obscure for measures with 7-feet; my 20-feet shews a third star between them with [stopped down to] 12 inches aperture.
H VI 89	near 6		Boo	duplication	= H VI 15		3/12/1782																					Double. Just following the 6th Bootis. A little unequal. L. r.; S. deeper r. [Rho = 80", PA = 212°]	The measurements here match H VI 15 nicely; the separation estimate there is considerably off, but the location instructions seem unambiguous.
H N 9	5		Aql	duplication	= H III 33		7/22/1784																					243 Sweep. 5 Aquilæ, treble, the 3d excessively small. Position following the other two, the line bending a little towards the south. Distance almost the same from the 2d, as the 2d from the 1st. — (Review. 8/5/1796) 5 Aquilæ, treble. Distance of the largest and next to it 0 rev. 24.5 parts + 4-1/2 for zero = 11.9". Position 2 rev. –61.3 parts + 1.1 for zero = 31° 27.3', considerably unequal. The 2d and 3d very unequal. The 1st and 3d extremely unequal. sf. The 3d is more sf. still, and requires some attention to be seen. Lw. S. dr. 3d very obscure; 460 shows it better than a lower power.
H N 40				duplication	= H N 6		5/26/1786																					566 Sweep. A double star within neb. IV. 41. 14 Sagittarii p. 11' 58", s. 1° 15'.	IV. 41 = M20, NGC 6514
H N 47	near 14		Tri	duplication	= H IV 40		1/17/1787																					692 Sweep. 7. double L. r. S. b., extremely unequal. 14 Trianguli f. 3' 43", n. 1° 11'.	A triple system: the second 11.7 mag. companion is at rho = 45", PA = 208°.
H N 57	near 14		Cep	duplication	= H IV 79		10/14/1787																					765 Sweep. Double 7.7m. 3 [beta] Lacertæ p. 30' 30", n. 3° 38'. — (768 Sweep. 10/16/1787) Double. 14 Cephei p. 10' 15", s. 2° 11'.
H N 95	near 55	delta	Gem	duplication	= H III 48		1/8/1793																					Review of ecliptic. Double, 3d class, sf. 55 (delta) Geminorum. — (Review. 12/14/1795) Sf. delta Geminorum towards r, and about 25' from r. Double, 3d class, a little unequal.
H N 97	near 39		UMa	duplication	= H V 111		4/8/1793																					1038 Sweep. Double, considerably unequal. Position nf. 39 Ursæ majoris f. 16' 14", n. 1° 43'. — (1039 Sweep. 4/9/1793) Double, as described last night. 42 Ursæ majoris, f. 8' 42", s. 0° 26'.
H VI 27	near	theta	Aql	duplication	= H V 136		8/24/1780																					Double. It is a star north of theta. [Rho = ±60"]	Superseding the attribution in WDS labeled H VI 27, which has a separation of 135" and a magnitude 13 (!) companion, and identifies theta Aquilæ itself, not a star "north of" it.
H N 114				duplication	= H VI 104		4/5/1796																					Journal. 7-feet reflector, power 460. (zeta) Bootis, double, 1st class. Very nearly in contact; I can however see a small division. A little unequal, the preceding is the smallest. — (Review. 8/6/1796) zeta Bootis, double. Position 2 rev. –14.5 parts +1.1 for zero = 41' 59.1" np. With 460 a division is but barely visible 1/4 of S. Both w. A little, or pretty unequal. — (Review. 7/12/1807) zeta Bootis. They are fine, equal, whitish stars: the interval between their apparent disks with 460 is 1/3 of the diameter of either.
H N 128	67		Aqr	duplication	= H N 133		9/7/1801																					Review. 67 Aquarii, double, 1st class.	67 Aquarii is not double, and no celestial coordinates are provided. Herschel has apparently mistaken it for STF 2935, of identical magnitude but 1.5° south, which matches the description (see H N 133).
H I 11	17	[beta]	Cnc		unidentified																							Double. Considerably unequal. Both pale r.	Herschel cites 17 beta Cancri, but no catalog lists that as a double star.
H III 31	In constellatione		Her		unidentified		5/20/1781																					Double. Over iota Herculis. Equal. Both very small.	Dreyer's note: "Over iota Herculis toward gamma [Draco]. Not sure that the letter iota is right. Cannot be identified." I cannot find in WDS a binary system north of iota Herculis as far as gamma Draconis that fits the description "equal ... very small" (faint).
H III 84	40		Lyn		unidentified		11/13/1782																					Propre ... in Ursæ majoris pede [Specifically in the foot of Ursa Major]. Double. Very or extremely unequal. L. wr.; S. r.	Dreyer's note — "The larger star is not 40 Lyncis, but is 3' north following it" — refers to a field diagram. 40 alpha Lyncis is about 12° south of the Bear's "foot" (kappa and tau UMa) and is not a binary star. There are no star hopping directions. Assumed lost.
H III 107	Congerie Stellularum Sagittarii borealior		Sgr		unidentified		6/6/1783																					Double. Above 1-1/4 degree n. of the 20th cluster of stars of the Connoissance des Temps, in a line parallel to gamma Sagittarii and the cluster: the most south of many. Considerably unequal. Distance with 278, 15", as accurate as the prismatic power of the atmosphere, which lengthens the stars, will permit. Position 54° 48' s. preceding. [PA = 216°]	A line from gamma Sgr through M 20 (Trifid Nebula) is roughly NNW: I find no candidate binaries 1-1/4° north of M 20 that resemble his measurements. I conjecture that Herschel may have meant south of M 20, which locates M 8 (the Lagoon Nebula) exactly, and that the stars of M 8 are the "many" he saw, perhaps not observing the nebula around M 8 due to its very low altitude (which Herschel remarks on). But there are no stars in WDS that match his measurements, and I cannot locate an obvious candidate "most south" in photographs of the cluster or in Stellarium.
H IV 16	31		Cas		unidentified		8/2/1780																					Double. It is marked with the letter A in HARRIS'S maps. [Rho = ±20"]	31 Cas, specified by Herschel, is not a double. A possible confusion object, psi Cas, is clearly labeled in Fortin and catalogued by Herschel as H V 83. Note also the confusion at H IV 65, and within Perseus, Cassiopeia and Cepheus in general. Assumed lost.
H V 15	16	c	UMa		unidentified		5/2/1780																					Double. Very unequal. L. whitish r.; S. d. [Rho = 49", PA = 190°]	The star 16 Ursæ majoris is not a double in any catalog I have consulted. There is no star within 15° of 16 UMa that even approximately matches Herschel's precise measurements and the 5th magnitude of the attributed star.
H V 45	near	tau	Cyg		unidentified		10/1/1781																					Double. It is the most south of two telescopic stars following tau. Very unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 44"] Position — following.	The only star in WDS within 2° following tau that reasonably matches the description is S 790 (H V 44).
H V 94	near 31		Cep		unidentified		9/30/1782																					Double. About 3/4 degree n. of the 31st Cephei, towards alpha Polaris [sic]. Pretty unequal. Both pr. [Rho = 42", PA = 135°]	Bizarre entry: "north" is toward Polaris! Worse, there is no star within 2° north preceding or following 31 Cephei that matches the class.
H VI 19		chi	Per		unidentified		8/2/1780																					Multiple. An astonishing number of small stars all within the space of a few minutes. I counted not less than 40 within my small field of view.	Obviously it isn't possible to identify a specific binary for this entry, given Herschel's vague description and the crowded field in the eastern half of the Double Cluster (chi/h Persei). Ironically, the WDS lists no binary system in chi Persei that matches the class separation (> 60").
H VI 45	near	iota	And		unidentified		7/21/1781																					Double. It is a star near iota towards omicron. L. r. [Rho = ±90"]	I cannot find anything between RA 23 00 to 23 40, Dec. 42° to 44° and above magnitude 11 that corresponds to Herschel's measurement.
H VI 55	near 2	e	Cas		unidentified		9/6/1781																					Double. It is a star near e. L. r. [Rho < 150"]	I can find no double star fitting Herschel's class VI between 2 Cas and AR (e1) Cas.
H VI 60	near	c2	Cyg		unidentified		10/8/1781																					Double. It is a star near the second c. Considerably unequal. L. w.; S. d. [Rho = 88"]	In his edition of Flamsteed's British Catalogue of Stars, Francis Baily notes that c2 Cygni does not exist, and is a mislabeling of Bayer's original e Cygni — Flamsteed's 26 Cygni, catalogued by Herschel as H V 47. Dreyer states that the double star cannot be identified, and I also cannot find anything in WDS within 3 degrees of 26 Cygni that resembles Herschel's magnitude difference and stated separation.
H VI 63	near	epsilon	Sge		unidentified		10/12/1781																					Double. It is the star north following epsilon. Extremely unequal. L. w. inclining to r.; S. d. [Rho = 91", PA = 266°] A third star in the same direction, at a little more than twice the distance. A fourth star in view.
H VI 109	22	phi	Cnc		unidentified		12/29/1782																					Double. One of the two being lost, it does not appear which is the remaining star. Very unequal. L. r.; S. dr.
H N 4	near 51	xi	Lib		unidentified		5/9/1784																					210 Sweep. About 18' south of 51 (xi) Libræ, double 3d class far.	The stated separation seems too large to be a duplication of H II 21.
H N 76	near 65	i	Psc		unidentified		12/2/1790																					983 Sweep. 7 m., double, extremely unequal. [PA = ±170°], 2d class, very near. 65 (i) Piscium p. 16' 53", n. 0° 34'.	65 Piscium is itself a close, equal binary (STF 61). However there is no binary matching Herschel's description at either his positional location (including transposed directions) or his precessed celestial coordinates.
H N 78					unidentified		3/24/1791																					999 Sweep. Treble, the two largest equal, 3d class. The first star very small, north preceding the other two; a little further from the preceding of the two, than they are from each other. (RA By the sweep 11h 37' : :, PD 121° : :, no star in the sweep to settle its place.)	I cannot find in WDS any matching triple system (primary magnitude 10 or greater, brightest two components within 1 magnitude, separation 5" to 15") within 10 degrees of Herschel's coordinates precessed to J2000 (RA = 11h 47', Dec. = –20.1). The two most plausible, STF 1474 and STF 1669, do not match his description of the configuration: both have a very close pair and a third star at much greater distance.
H N 82	near 8	eta	Boo		unidentified		4/20/1792																					1021 Sweep. Double, equal, 4th or 5th class. 8 (eta) Bootis f 7' 24", n. 0° 58'. — (Review 8/6/1796) I cannot find the double star of the 1021 sweep 7' 24" following eta Bootis.
H N 83	near 4	epsilon	Sge		unidentified		8/22/1792																					1024 Sweep. Double, extremely unequal. Position directly preceding [PA = 270°] 7m. 4 (epsilon) Sagittæ p. 2' 57", s. 0° 11'. — (Review 10/17/1795) I cannot see the small star of the double star in the 1024 sweep observed at 19h 25' 33". — (Review 8/7/1796) I cannot see the small star of the double star in the 1024 sweep observed at 19h 25' 33", with the 7-feet telescope. I see a very small star following 6th class, but the star I look for should be preceding.
H N 102	near 31	omicron	Aqr		unidentified		9/28/1793																					1054 Sweep. Double, equal, 3d class. Position from np. to sf. but nearer the parallel. 31 (omicron) Aquarii f. 12' 41", s. 0° 47'.	Nothing in either Millennium Star Atlas or WDS at Herschel's location from 31 Aquarii, which matches his coordinates precessed to J2000.
H N 113	near 15		Cyg		unidentified		11/9/1795																					Journal. A small telescopic star nf. 15 Cygni, double, 2d class, very unequal. It is about 5' or 6' from 15 Cygni, and its position with [115] is 4 rev. –37 parts –23.2 for zero = 71° 55'. — (Journal. 12/30/1795) The small double star north following 15 Cygni follows it 17.5" in time: 7-feet reflector, power 115.	Nothing corresponding (rho = ±5") in WDS or shown in MSA within the stipulated distance of 15 Cygni.
H N 130	near 51	mu	Cap		unidentified		9/12/1801																					Review. Double, 1st class. It is a small star, equally distant from d and mu Capricorni, but a little more south than either. It is a little nearer mu than d.	d Capricorni is not found in any catalog available to me, and Herschel provides no celestial coordinates. I cannot find a star near to, west and slightly south of mu Capricorni that matches the "small" (faint) 1st class (rho < 5") description.

†Stars in the catalog observed by different astronomers before Mr. MAYER. *Stars in the catalog observed by Mr. MAYER and other astronomers. (Herschel's notes.)